blob: 5e1c6ba16261473ff5d632b34ec8f8986969c2e3 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner29375652006-12-04 18:06:35 +00001//===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner29375652006-12-04 18:06:35 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
John McCall83024632010-08-25 22:03:47 +000014#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000015#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
Douglas Gregorc3a6ade2010-08-12 20:07:10 +000016#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
17#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000018#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
John McCallc63de662011-02-02 13:00:07 +000019#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000020#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
Steve Naroffaac94152007-08-25 14:02:58 +000021#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000022#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
John McCallde6836a2010-08-24 07:21:54 +000023#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000024#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Fariborz Jahanian1d446082010-06-16 18:56:04 +000025#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +000026#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000027#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +000028#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000029#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +000030#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chris Lattner29375652006-12-04 18:06:35 +000031using namespace clang;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000032using namespace sema;
Chris Lattner29375652006-12-04 18:06:35 +000033
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +000034ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +000035 IdentifierInfo &II,
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +000036 SourceLocation NameLoc,
37 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
38 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
39 bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +000040 // Determine where to perform name lookup.
41
42 // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current
43 // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the
44 // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in
45 // particular shows where the current description of destructor name
46 // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g.,
47 // this appears to be ill-formed:
48 //
49 // namespace N {
50 // template <typename T> struct S {
51 // ~S();
52 // };
53 // }
54 //
55 // void f(N::S<int>* s) {
56 // s->N::S<int>::~S();
57 // }
58 //
Douglas Gregor46841e12010-02-23 00:15:22 +000059 // See also PR6358 and PR6359.
Sebastian Redla771d222010-07-07 23:17:38 +000060 // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this
61 // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec.
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +000062 QualType SearchType;
63 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
64 bool isDependent = false;
65 bool LookInScope = false;
66
67 // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a
68 // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and
69 // we know what type we're looking for.
70 if (ObjectTypePtr)
71 SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr);
72
73 if (SS.isSet()) {
Douglas Gregor46841e12010-02-23 00:15:22 +000074 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS.getScopeRep();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +000075
Douglas Gregor46841e12010-02-23 00:15:22 +000076 bool AlreadySearched = false;
77 bool LookAtPrefix = true;
Sebastian Redla771d222010-07-07 23:17:38 +000078 // C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +000079 // If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier,
Sebastian Redla771d222010-07-07 23:17:38 +000080 // the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the
81 // nested-name-specifier. In a qualified-id of the form:
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +000082 //
83 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier ~ class-name
Sebastian Redla771d222010-07-07 23:17:38 +000084 //
85 // where the nested-name-specifier designates a namespace scope, and in
Chandler Carruth8f254812010-02-21 10:19:54 +000086 // a qualified-id of the form:
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +000087 //
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +000088 // ::opt nested-name-specifier class-name :: ~ class-name
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +000089 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +000090 // the class-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by
Sebastian Redla771d222010-07-07 23:17:38 +000091 // the nested-name-specifier.
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +000092 //
Sebastian Redla771d222010-07-07 23:17:38 +000093 // Here, we check the first case (completely) and determine whether the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +000094 // code below is permitted to look at the prefix of the
Sebastian Redla771d222010-07-07 23:17:38 +000095 // nested-name-specifier.
96 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
97 if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) {
98 AlreadySearched = true;
99 LookupCtx = DC;
100 isDependent = false;
101 } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
102 LookAtPrefix = false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000103
Sebastian Redla771d222010-07-07 23:17:38 +0000104 // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above.
Douglas Gregor46841e12010-02-23 00:15:22 +0000105 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = 0;
106 if (AlreadySearched) {
107 // Nothing left to do.
108 } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) {
109 CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS;
Douglas Gregor10176412011-02-25 16:07:42 +0000110 PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data()));
Douglas Gregor46841e12010-02-23 00:15:22 +0000111 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext);
112 isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS);
Douglas Gregor46841e12010-02-23 00:15:22 +0000113 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000114 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
115 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
116 } else {
117 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
Douglas Gregor46841e12010-02-23 00:15:22 +0000118 isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext();
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000119 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000120
Douglas Gregorcd3f49f2010-02-25 04:46:04 +0000121 LookInScope = false;
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000122 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
123 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
124 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
125 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T
126 // of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is
127 // also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the
128 // lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly
129 // cv-qualified) T.
130 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
131 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000132 assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) &&
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000133 "Caller should have completed object type");
134
135 LookInScope = true;
136 } else {
137 // Perform lookup into the current scope (only).
138 LookInScope = true;
139 }
140
Douglas Gregor4cf85a72011-03-04 22:32:08 +0000141 TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = 0;
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000142 LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
143 for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) {
144 // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we
Douglas Gregor4cf85a72011-03-04 22:32:08 +0000145 // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000146 // we're allowed to look there).
147 Found.clear();
148 if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx)
149 LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +0000150 else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S)
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000151 LookupName(Found, S);
152 else
153 continue;
154
155 // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here?
156 if (Found.isAmbiguous())
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000157 return ParsedType();
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000158
159 if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
160 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000161
162 if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() ||
163 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
164 // We found our type!
165
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000166 return ParsedType::make(T);
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000167 }
John Wiegleyb4a9e512011-03-08 08:13:22 +0000168
Douglas Gregor4cf85a72011-03-04 22:32:08 +0000169 if (!SearchType.isNull())
170 NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type;
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000171 }
172
173 // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is
174 // the same name as the template name in the last part of the
175 // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then
176 // this is the destructor for that class.
177 // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000178 // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction.
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000179 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) {
180 QualType MemberOfType;
181 if (SS.isSet()) {
182 if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) {
183 // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one.
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +0000184 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
185 MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000186 }
187 }
188 if (MemberOfType.isNull())
189 MemberOfType = SearchType;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000190
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000191 if (MemberOfType.isNull())
192 continue;
193
194 // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the
195 // class template we found is the same as the template being
196 // specialized, we found what we are looking for.
197 if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
198 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
199 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) {
200 if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
201 Template->getCanonicalDecl())
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000202 return ParsedType::make(MemberOfType);
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000203 }
204
205 continue;
206 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000207
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000208 // We're referring to an unresolved class template
209 // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found
210 // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't
211 // know which template is being specialized, that it at least
212 // has the same name.
213 if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType
214 = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
215 TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName();
216
217 // The class template we found is the same template being
218 // specialized.
219 if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
220 if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl())
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000221 return ParsedType::make(MemberOfType);
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000222
223 continue;
224 }
225
226 // The class template we found has the same name as the
227 // (dependent) template name being specialized.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000228 if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000229 = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
230 if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() &&
231 DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier())
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000232 return ParsedType::make(MemberOfType);
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000233
234 continue;
235 }
236 }
237 }
238 }
239
240 if (isDependent) {
241 // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent
242 // anyway.
Douglas Gregor9cbc22b2011-02-28 22:42:13 +0000243
244 // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier?
245 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(),
246 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
247 II, NameLoc);
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000248 return ParsedType::make(T);
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000249 }
250
Douglas Gregor4cf85a72011-03-04 22:32:08 +0000251 if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) {
252 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl);
253 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
254 << T << SearchType;
255 Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here)
256 << T;
257 } else if (ObjectTypePtr)
258 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type)
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000259 << &II;
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000260 else
261 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_class_name);
262
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000263 return ParsedType();
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000264}
265
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000266/// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000267ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
Douglas Gregor4c7c1092010-09-08 23:14:30 +0000268 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
269 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
270 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000271 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000272 // The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000273 // that is the operand of typeid are always ignored.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000274 // If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000275 // type, the class shall be completely-defined.
Douglas Gregor876cec22010-06-02 06:16:02 +0000276 Qualifiers Quals;
277 QualType T
278 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
279 Quals);
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000280 if (T->getAs<RecordType>() &&
281 RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
282 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000283
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000284 return Owned(new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
285 Operand,
286 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
287}
288
289/// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000290ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
Douglas Gregor4c7c1092010-09-08 23:14:30 +0000291 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
292 Expr *E,
293 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000294 bool isUnevaluatedOperand = true;
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000295 if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) {
296 QualType T = E->getType();
297 if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
298 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl());
299 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
300 // [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class
301 // shall be completely-defined.
302 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
303 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000304
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000305 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
Sebastian Redlc57d34b2010-07-20 04:20:21 +0000306 // When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000307 // polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated
308 // operand. [...]
Sebastian Redlc57d34b2010-07-20 04:20:21 +0000309 if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->Classify(Context).isGLValue()) {
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000310 isUnevaluatedOperand = false;
Douglas Gregor88d292c2010-05-13 16:44:06 +0000311
312 // We require a vtable to query the type at run time.
313 MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD);
314 }
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000315 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000316
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000317 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
318 // [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000319 // cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a
320 // std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000321 // type.
Douglas Gregor876cec22010-06-02 06:16:02 +0000322 Qualifiers Quals;
323 QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals);
324 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) {
325 T = UnqualT;
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000326 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, CastCategory(E)).take();
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000327 }
328 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000329
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000330 // If this is an unevaluated operand, clear out the set of
331 // declaration references we have been computing and eliminate any
332 // temporaries introduced in its computation.
333 if (isUnevaluatedOperand)
334 ExprEvalContexts.back().Context = Unevaluated;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000335
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000336 return Owned(new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000337 E,
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000338 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000339}
340
341/// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression);
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000342ExprResult
Sebastian Redlc4704762008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000343Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
344 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000345 // Find the std::type_info type.
Sebastian Redl7ac97412011-03-31 19:29:24 +0000346 if (!getStdNamespace())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000347 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +0000348
Douglas Gregor4c7c1092010-09-08 23:14:30 +0000349 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) {
350 IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info");
351 LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
352 LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace());
353 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
354 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl)
355 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
356 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000357
Douglas Gregor4c7c1092010-09-08 23:14:30 +0000358 QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000359
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000360 if (isType) {
361 // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
362 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 0;
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000363 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
364 &TInfo);
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000365 if (T.isNull())
366 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000367
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000368 if (!TInfo)
369 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
Sebastian Redlc4704762008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000370
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000371 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +0000372 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000373
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000374 // The operand is an expression.
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000375 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
Sebastian Redlc4704762008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000376}
377
Francois Pichetb7577652010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000378/// Retrieve the UuidAttr associated with QT.
379static UuidAttr *GetUuidAttrOfType(QualType QT) {
380 // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection.
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +0000381 const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr();;
Francois Pichet9dddd402010-12-20 03:51:03 +0000382 if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType())
383 Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
384 else if (QT->isArrayType())
385 Ty = cast<ArrayType>(QT)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
386
Francois Pichetb7577652010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000387 // Loop all class definition and declaration looking for an uuid attribute.
388 CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
389 while (RD) {
390 if (UuidAttr *Uuid = RD->getAttr<UuidAttr>())
391 return Uuid;
392 RD = RD->getPreviousDeclaration();
393 }
394 return 0;
Francois Pichet9dddd402010-12-20 03:51:03 +0000395}
396
Francois Pichet9f4f2072010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000397/// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
398ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
399 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
400 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
401 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Francois Pichetb7577652010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000402 if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) {
403 if (!GetUuidAttrOfType(Operand->getType()))
404 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
405 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000406
Francois Pichet9f4f2072010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000407 // FIXME: add __uuidof semantic analysis for type operand.
408 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
409 Operand,
410 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
411}
412
413/// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
414ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
415 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
416 Expr *E,
417 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Francois Pichetb7577652010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000418 if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000419 if (!GetUuidAttrOfType(E->getType()) &&
Francois Pichetb7577652010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000420 !E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
421 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
422 }
423 // FIXME: add __uuidof semantic analysis for type operand.
Francois Pichet9f4f2072010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000424 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
425 E,
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000426 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
Francois Pichet9f4f2072010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000427}
428
429/// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression);
430ExprResult
431Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
432 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000433 // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup.
Francois Pichet9f4f2072010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000434 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) {
435 IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID");
436 LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
437 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
438 MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
439 if (!MSVCGuidDecl)
440 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof));
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000441 }
442
Francois Pichet9f4f2072010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000443 QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000444
Francois Pichet9f4f2072010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000445 if (isType) {
446 // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
447 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 0;
448 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
449 &TInfo);
450 if (T.isNull())
451 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000452
Francois Pichet9f4f2072010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000453 if (!TInfo)
454 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
455
456 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
457 }
458
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000459 // The operand is an expression.
Francois Pichet9f4f2072010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000460 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
461}
462
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +0000463/// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000464ExprResult
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +0000465Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Douglas Gregor08d918a2008-10-24 15:36:09 +0000466 assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) &&
Bill Wendlingbf313b02007-02-13 20:09:46 +0000467 "Unknown C++ Boolean value!");
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000468 return Owned(new (Context) CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true,
469 Context.BoolTy, OpLoc));
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +0000470}
Chris Lattnerb7e656b2008-02-26 00:51:44 +0000471
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000472/// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000473ExprResult
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000474Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) {
475 return Owned(new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc));
476}
477
Chris Lattnerb7e656b2008-02-26 00:51:44 +0000478/// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000479ExprResult
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000480Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) {
Anders Carlssond99dbcc2011-02-23 03:46:46 +0000481 // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers.
Anders Carlssone96ab552011-02-28 02:27:16 +0000482 if (!getLangOptions().CXXExceptions &&
Anders Carlssond99dbcc2011-02-23 03:46:46 +0000483 !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc))
Anders Carlssonb94ad3e2011-02-19 21:53:09 +0000484 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw";
Anders Carlsson68b36af2011-02-19 19:26:44 +0000485
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000486 if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) {
487 ExprResult ExRes = CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, Ex);
488 if (ExRes.isInvalid())
489 return ExprError();
490 Ex = ExRes.take();
491 }
Sebastian Redl4de47b42009-04-27 20:27:31 +0000492 return Owned(new (Context) CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc));
493}
494
495/// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000496ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E) {
Sebastian Redl4de47b42009-04-27 20:27:31 +0000497 // C++ [except.throw]p3:
Douglas Gregor247894b2009-12-23 22:04:40 +0000498 // A throw-expression initializes a temporary object, called the exception
499 // object, the type of which is determined by removing any top-level
500 // cv-qualifiers from the static type of the operand of throw and adjusting
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000501 // the type from "array of T" or "function returning T" to "pointer to T"
Douglas Gregor247894b2009-12-23 22:04:40 +0000502 // or "pointer to function returning T", [...]
503 if (E->getType().hasQualifiers())
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000504 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, E->getType().getUnqualifiedType(), CK_NoOp,
505 CastCategory(E)).take();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000506
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000507 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
508 if (Res.isInvalid())
509 return ExprError();
510 E = Res.take();
Sebastian Redl4de47b42009-04-27 20:27:31 +0000511
512 // If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer
513 // to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed.
514 QualType Ty = E->getType();
John McCall2e6567a2010-04-22 01:10:34 +0000515 bool isPointer = false;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000516 if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Sebastian Redl4de47b42009-04-27 20:27:31 +0000517 Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType();
John McCall2e6567a2010-04-22 01:10:34 +0000518 isPointer = true;
Sebastian Redl4de47b42009-04-27 20:27:31 +0000519 }
520 if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) {
521 if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +0000522 PDiag(isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr
523 : diag::err_throw_incomplete)
524 << E->getSourceRange()))
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000525 return ExprError();
Rafael Espindola70e040d2010-03-02 21:28:26 +0000526
Douglas Gregore8154332010-04-15 18:05:39 +0000527 if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, E->getType(),
528 PDiag(diag::err_throw_abstract_type)
529 << E->getSourceRange()))
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000530 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl4de47b42009-04-27 20:27:31 +0000531 }
532
John McCall2e6567a2010-04-22 01:10:34 +0000533 // Initialize the exception result. This implicitly weeds out
534 // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors.
Douglas Gregorc74edc22011-01-21 22:46:35 +0000535 const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), E, false);
536
Douglas Gregor5d369002011-01-21 18:05:27 +0000537 // FIXME: Determine whether we can elide this copy per C++0x [class.copy]p32.
John McCall2e6567a2010-04-22 01:10:34 +0000538 InitializedEntity Entity =
Douglas Gregorc74edc22011-01-21 22:46:35 +0000539 InitializedEntity::InitializeException(ThrowLoc, E->getType(),
540 /*NRVO=*/false);
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000541 Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(Entity, NRVOVariable,
542 QualType(), E);
John McCall2e6567a2010-04-22 01:10:34 +0000543 if (Res.isInvalid())
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000544 return ExprError();
545 E = Res.take();
Douglas Gregor88d292c2010-05-13 16:44:06 +0000546
Eli Friedman91a3d272010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000547 // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling.
548 const RecordType *RecordTy = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
549 if (!RecordTy)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000550 return Owned(E);
Eli Friedman91a3d272010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000551 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl());
552
Douglas Gregor88d292c2010-05-13 16:44:06 +0000553 // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof,
554 // exception handling will make use of the vtable.
Eli Friedman91a3d272010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000555 MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD);
556
Eli Friedman36ebbec2010-10-12 20:32:36 +0000557 // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed.
558 if (isPointer)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000559 return Owned(E);
Eli Friedman36ebbec2010-10-12 20:32:36 +0000560
Eli Friedman91a3d272010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000561 // If the class has a non-trivial destructor, we must be able to call it.
562 if (RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000563 return Owned(E);
Eli Friedman91a3d272010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000564
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000565 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +0000566 = const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(LookupDestructor(RD));
Eli Friedman91a3d272010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000567 if (!Destructor)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000568 return Owned(E);
Eli Friedman91a3d272010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000569
570 MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
571 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
Douglas Gregor747eb782010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000572 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty);
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000573 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattnerb7e656b2008-02-26 00:51:44 +0000574}
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000575
John McCallf3a88602011-02-03 08:15:49 +0000576CXXMethodDecl *Sema::tryCaptureCXXThis() {
577 // Ignore block scopes: we can capture through them.
578 // Ignore nested enum scopes: we'll diagnose non-constant expressions
579 // where they're invalid, and other uses are legitimate.
580 // Don't ignore nested class scopes: you can't use 'this' in a local class.
John McCallc63de662011-02-02 13:00:07 +0000581 DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
John McCallf3a88602011-02-03 08:15:49 +0000582 while (true) {
583 if (isa<BlockDecl>(DC)) DC = cast<BlockDecl>(DC)->getDeclContext();
584 else if (isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) DC = cast<EnumDecl>(DC)->getDeclContext();
585 else break;
586 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000587
John McCallf3a88602011-02-03 08:15:49 +0000588 // If we're not in an instance method, error out.
John McCallc63de662011-02-02 13:00:07 +0000589 CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC);
590 if (!method || !method->isInstance())
John McCallf3a88602011-02-03 08:15:49 +0000591 return 0;
John McCallc63de662011-02-02 13:00:07 +0000592
593 // Mark that we're closing on 'this' in all the block scopes, if applicable.
594 for (unsigned idx = FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
595 isa<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]);
596 --idx)
597 cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])->CapturesCXXThis = true;
598
John McCallf3a88602011-02-03 08:15:49 +0000599 return method;
600}
601
602ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc) {
603 /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this
604 /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for
605 /// which the function is called.
606
607 CXXMethodDecl *method = tryCaptureCXXThis();
608 if (!method) return Diag(loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use);
609
610 return Owned(new (Context) CXXThisExpr(loc, method->getThisType(Context),
John McCallc63de662011-02-02 13:00:07 +0000611 /*isImplicit=*/false));
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000612}
Argyrios Kyrtzidis857fcc22008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000613
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000614ExprResult
Douglas Gregor2b88c112010-09-08 00:15:04 +0000615Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis857fcc22008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000616 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000617 MultiExprArg exprs,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis857fcc22008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000618 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor7df89f52010-02-05 19:11:37 +0000619 if (!TypeRep)
620 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000621
John McCall97513962010-01-15 18:39:57 +0000622 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
623 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo);
624 if (!TInfo)
625 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor2b88c112010-09-08 00:15:04 +0000626
627 return BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc);
628}
629
630/// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
631/// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
632/// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
633/// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
634ExprResult
635Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
636 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
637 MultiExprArg exprs,
638 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
639 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000640 unsigned NumExprs = exprs.size();
641 Expr **Exprs = (Expr**)exprs.get();
Douglas Gregor2b88c112010-09-08 00:15:04 +0000642 SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis857fcc22008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000643 SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, RParenLoc);
644
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000645 if (Ty->isDependentType() ||
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +0000646 CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs, NumExprs)) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000647 exprs.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000648
Douglas Gregor2b88c112010-09-08 00:15:04 +0000649 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo,
Douglas Gregorce934142009-05-20 18:46:25 +0000650 LParenLoc,
651 Exprs, NumExprs,
652 RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +0000653 }
654
Anders Carlsson55243162009-08-27 03:53:50 +0000655 if (Ty->isArrayType())
656 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc,
657 diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange);
658 if (!Ty->isVoidType() &&
659 RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, Ty,
660 PDiag(diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use)
661 << FullRange))
662 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000663
Anders Carlsson55243162009-08-27 03:53:50 +0000664 if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty,
665 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
666 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000667
668
Douglas Gregordd04d332009-01-16 18:33:17 +0000669 // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1:
Argyrios Kyrtzidis857fcc22008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000670 // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion
671 // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the
672 // corresponding cast expression.
673 //
674 if (NumExprs == 1) {
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +0000675 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +0000676 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
John McCallcf142162010-08-07 06:22:56 +0000677 CXXCastPath BasePath;
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000678 ExprResult CastExpr =
679 CheckCastTypes(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(), Ty, Exprs[0],
680 Kind, VK, BasePath,
681 /*FunctionalStyle=*/true);
682 if (CastExpr.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000683 return ExprError();
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000684 Exprs[0] = CastExpr.take();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +0000685
686 exprs.release();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +0000687
John McCallcf142162010-08-07 06:22:56 +0000688 return Owned(CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create(Context,
Douglas Gregor2b88c112010-09-08 00:15:04 +0000689 Ty.getNonLValueExprType(Context),
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +0000690 VK, TInfo, TyBeginLoc, Kind,
John McCallcf142162010-08-07 06:22:56 +0000691 Exprs[0], &BasePath,
692 RParenLoc));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis857fcc22008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000693 }
694
Douglas Gregor8ec51732010-09-08 21:40:08 +0000695 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo);
696 InitializationKind Kind
697 = NumExprs ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc,
698 LParenLoc, RParenLoc)
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000699 : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc,
Douglas Gregor8ec51732010-09-08 21:40:08 +0000700 LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
701 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs, NumExprs);
702 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, move(exprs));
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000703
Douglas Gregor8ec51732010-09-08 21:40:08 +0000704 // FIXME: Improve AST representation?
705 return move(Result);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis857fcc22008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000706}
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7620ee42008-09-10 02:17:11 +0000707
John McCall284c48f2011-01-27 09:37:56 +0000708/// doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize - Answers whether the usual
709/// operator delete[] for the given type has a size_t parameter.
710static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
711 QualType allocType) {
712 const RecordType *record =
713 allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>();
714 if (!record) return false;
715
716 // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope.
717
718 DeclarationName deleteName =
719 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete);
720 LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
721 S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl());
722
723 // We're just doing this for information.
724 ops.suppressDiagnostics();
725
726 // Very likely: there's no operator delete[].
727 if (ops.empty()) return false;
728
729 // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[]
730 // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not.
731 if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false;
732
733 LookupResult::Filter filter = ops.makeFilter();
734 while (filter.hasNext()) {
735 NamedDecl *del = filter.next()->getUnderlyingDecl();
736
737 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
738 // A template instance is never a usual deallocation function,
739 // regardless of its signature.
740 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(del)) {
741 filter.erase();
742 continue;
743 }
744
745 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
746 // If class T does not declare [an operator delete[] with one
747 // parameter] but does declare a member deallocation function
748 // named operator delete[] with exactly two parameters, the
749 // second of which has type std::size_t, then this function
750 // is a usual deallocation function.
751 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(del)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) {
752 filter.erase();
753 continue;
754 }
755 }
756 filter.done();
757
758 if (!ops.isSingleResult()) return false;
759
760 const FunctionDecl *del = cast<FunctionDecl>(ops.getFoundDecl());
761 return (del->getNumParams() == 2);
762}
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7620ee42008-09-10 02:17:11 +0000763
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000764/// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4), as in e.g.:
765/// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode
766/// or
767/// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode
768/// For the interpretation of this heap of arguments, consult the base version.
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000769ExprResult
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000770Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000771 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000772 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens,
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000773 Declarator &D, SourceLocation ConstructorLParen,
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000774 MultiExprArg ConstructorArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000775 SourceLocation ConstructorRParen) {
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000776 bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto;
777
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000778 Expr *ArraySize = 0;
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000779 // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression.
780 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 &&
781 D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) {
782 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000783 if (TypeContainsAuto)
784 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto)
785 << D.getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000786 if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000787 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new)
788 << D.getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000789 if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000790 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size)
791 << D.getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redld7b3d7d2009-10-25 21:45:37 +0000792
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000793 ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts);
Sebastian Redld7b3d7d2009-10-25 21:45:37 +0000794 D.DropFirstTypeObject();
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000795 }
796
Douglas Gregor73341c42009-09-11 00:18:58 +0000797 // Every dimension shall be of constant size.
Sebastian Redld7b3d7d2009-10-25 21:45:37 +0000798 if (ArraySize) {
799 for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor73341c42009-09-11 00:18:58 +0000800 if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array)
801 break;
802
803 DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr;
804 if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) {
805 if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent() &&
806 !NumElts->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) {
807 Diag(D.getTypeObject(I).Loc, diag::err_new_array_nonconst)
808 << NumElts->getSourceRange();
809 return ExprError();
810 }
811 }
812 }
813 }
Sebastian Redld7b3d7d2009-10-25 21:45:37 +0000814
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000815 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/0, /*OwnedDecl=*/0,
816 /*AllowAuto=*/true);
John McCall8cb7bdf2010-06-04 23:28:52 +0000817 QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6d1c9c2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000818 if (D.isInvalidType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000819 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000820
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000821 return BuildCXXNew(StartLoc, UseGlobal,
Douglas Gregord0fefba2009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000822 PlacementLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000823 move(PlacementArgs),
Douglas Gregord0fefba2009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000824 PlacementRParen,
Douglas Gregorf2753b32010-07-13 15:54:32 +0000825 TypeIdParens,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000826 AllocType,
Douglas Gregor0744ef62010-09-07 21:49:58 +0000827 TInfo,
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000828 ArraySize,
Douglas Gregord0fefba2009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000829 ConstructorLParen,
830 move(ConstructorArgs),
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000831 ConstructorRParen,
832 TypeContainsAuto);
Douglas Gregord0fefba2009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000833}
834
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000835ExprResult
Douglas Gregord0fefba2009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000836Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
837 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
838 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
839 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
Douglas Gregorf2753b32010-07-13 15:54:32 +0000840 SourceRange TypeIdParens,
Douglas Gregord0fefba2009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000841 QualType AllocType,
Douglas Gregor0744ef62010-09-07 21:49:58 +0000842 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000843 Expr *ArraySize,
Douglas Gregord0fefba2009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000844 SourceLocation ConstructorLParen,
845 MultiExprArg ConstructorArgs,
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000846 SourceLocation ConstructorRParen,
847 bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
Douglas Gregor0744ef62010-09-07 21:49:58 +0000848 SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000849
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000850 // C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
851 if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->getContainedAutoType()) {
852 if (ConstructorArgs.size() == 0)
853 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg)
854 << AllocType << TypeRange);
855 if (ConstructorArgs.size() != 1) {
856 Expr *FirstBad = ConstructorArgs.get()[1];
857 return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
858 diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions)
859 << AllocType << TypeRange);
860 }
Richard Smith9647d3c2011-03-17 16:11:59 +0000861 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0;
862 if (!DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, ConstructorArgs.get()[0], DeducedType))
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000863 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure)
864 << AllocType
865 << ConstructorArgs.get()[0]->getType()
866 << TypeRange
867 << ConstructorArgs.get()[0]->getSourceRange());
Richard Smith9647d3c2011-03-17 16:11:59 +0000868 if (!DeducedType)
869 return ExprError();
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000870
Richard Smith9647d3c2011-03-17 16:11:59 +0000871 AllocTypeInfo = DeducedType;
872 AllocType = AllocTypeInfo->getType();
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000873 }
874
Douglas Gregorcda95f42010-05-16 16:01:03 +0000875 // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a
876 // typedef of an array type.
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000877 if (!ArraySize) {
Douglas Gregorcda95f42010-05-16 16:01:03 +0000878 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array
879 = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis43b20572010-08-28 09:06:06 +0000880 ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(),
881 Context.getSizeType(),
882 TypeRange.getEnd());
Douglas Gregorcda95f42010-05-16 16:01:03 +0000883 AllocType = Array->getElementType();
884 }
885 }
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000886
Douglas Gregor3999e152010-10-06 16:00:31 +0000887 if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange))
888 return ExprError();
889
Douglas Gregorcda95f42010-05-16 16:01:03 +0000890 QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType);
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000891
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000892 // C++ 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral
893 // or enumeration type with a non-negative value."
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000894 if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000895
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000896 QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000897
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000898 ExprResult ConvertedSize
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000899 = ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(StartLoc, ArraySize,
Douglas Gregor4799d032010-06-30 00:20:43 +0000900 PDiag(diag::err_array_size_not_integral),
901 PDiag(diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type)
902 << ArraySize->getSourceRange(),
903 PDiag(diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion),
904 PDiag(diag::note_array_size_conversion),
905 PDiag(diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion),
906 PDiag(diag::note_array_size_conversion),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000907 PDiag(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x? 0
Douglas Gregor4799d032010-06-30 00:20:43 +0000908 : diag::ext_array_size_conversion));
909 if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid())
910 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000911
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000912 ArraySize = ConvertedSize.take();
Douglas Gregor4799d032010-06-30 00:20:43 +0000913 SizeType = ArraySize->getType();
Douglas Gregor0bf31402010-10-08 23:50:27 +0000914 if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
Douglas Gregor4799d032010-06-30 00:20:43 +0000915 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000916
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000917 // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of hand.
918 // We don't care about special rules, so we tell the machinery it's not
919 // evaluated - it gives us a result in more cases.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000920 if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) {
921 llvm::APSInt Value;
922 if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, 0, false)) {
923 if (Value < llvm::APSInt(
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000924 llvm::APInt::getNullValue(Value.getBitWidth()),
Anders Carlsson8ab20bb2009-09-23 00:37:25 +0000925 Value.isUnsigned()))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000926 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregorcaa1bf42010-08-18 00:39:00 +0000927 diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000928 << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000929
Douglas Gregorcaa1bf42010-08-18 00:39:00 +0000930 if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) {
931 unsigned ActiveSizeBits
932 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value);
933 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000934 Diag(ArraySize->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregorcaa1bf42010-08-18 00:39:00 +0000935 diag::err_array_too_large)
936 << Value.toString(10)
937 << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
938 return ExprError();
939 }
940 }
Douglas Gregorf2753b32010-07-13 15:54:32 +0000941 } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) {
942 // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses.
943 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst)
944 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()
945 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin())
946 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd());
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000947
Douglas Gregorf2753b32010-07-13 15:54:32 +0000948 TypeIdParens = SourceRange();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000949 }
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000950 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000951
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000952 ArraySize = ImpCastExprToType(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(),
953 CK_IntegralCast).take();
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000954 }
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000955
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000956 FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = 0;
957 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = 0;
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000958 Expr **PlaceArgs = (Expr**)PlacementArgs.get();
959 unsigned NumPlaceArgs = PlacementArgs.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000960
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000961 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
962 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlaceArgs, NumPlaceArgs) &&
963 FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc,
Sebastian Redl1df2bbe2009-02-09 18:24:27 +0000964 SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen),
965 UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PlaceArgs,
966 NumPlaceArgs, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000967 return ExprError();
John McCall284c48f2011-01-27 09:37:56 +0000968
969 // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array
970 // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter.
971 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
972 if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType())
973 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize
974 = doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType);
975
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +0000976 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs;
Fariborz Jahanian1eab66c2009-11-19 18:39:40 +0000977 if (OperatorNew) {
978 // Add default arguments, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000979 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
Fariborz Jahanian1eab66c2009-11-19 18:39:40 +0000980 OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000981 VariadicCallType CallType =
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +0000982 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000983
Anders Carlssonc144bc22010-05-03 02:07:56 +0000984 if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew,
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000985 Proto, 1, PlaceArgs, NumPlaceArgs,
Anders Carlssonc144bc22010-05-03 02:07:56 +0000986 AllPlaceArgs, CallType))
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +0000987 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000988
Fariborz Jahanian1eab66c2009-11-19 18:39:40 +0000989 NumPlaceArgs = AllPlaceArgs.size();
990 if (NumPlaceArgs > 0)
991 PlaceArgs = &AllPlaceArgs[0];
992 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000993
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000994 bool Init = ConstructorLParen.isValid();
995 // --- Choosing a constructor ---
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000996 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0;
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000997 Expr **ConsArgs = (Expr**)ConstructorArgs.get();
998 unsigned NumConsArgs = ConstructorArgs.size();
John McCall37ad5512010-08-23 06:44:23 +0000999 ASTOwningVector<Expr*> ConvertedConstructorArgs(*this);
Eli Friedmanfd8d4e12009-11-08 22:15:39 +00001000
Anders Carlssonc6bb0e12010-05-03 15:45:23 +00001001 // Array 'new' can't have any initializers.
Anders Carlssone6ae81b2010-05-16 16:24:20 +00001002 if (NumConsArgs && (ResultType->isArrayType() || ArraySize)) {
Anders Carlssonc6bb0e12010-05-03 15:45:23 +00001003 SourceRange InitRange(ConsArgs[0]->getLocStart(),
1004 ConsArgs[NumConsArgs - 1]->getLocEnd());
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001005
Anders Carlssonc6bb0e12010-05-03 15:45:23 +00001006 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange;
1007 return ExprError();
1008 }
1009
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001010 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1011 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ConsArgs, NumConsArgs)) {
1012 // C++0x [expr.new]p15:
1013 // A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that
1014 // object as follows:
1015 InitializationKind Kind
1016 // - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default-
1017 // initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed,
1018 // the object has indeterminate value
Douglas Gregor0744ef62010-09-07 21:49:58 +00001019 = !Init? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001020 // - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001021 // initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization.
Douglas Gregor0744ef62010-09-07 21:49:58 +00001022 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001023 ConstructorLParen,
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001024 ConstructorRParen);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001025
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001026 InitializedEntity Entity
Douglas Gregor1b303932009-12-22 15:35:07 +00001027 = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, AllocType);
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001028 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, ConsArgs, NumConsArgs);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001029 ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001030 move(ConstructorArgs));
1031 if (FullInit.isInvalid())
1032 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001033
1034 // FullInit is our initializer; walk through it to determine if it's a
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001035 // constructor call, which CXXNewExpr handles directly.
1036 if (Expr *FullInitExpr = (Expr *)FullInit.get()) {
1037 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder
1038 = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInitExpr))
1039 FullInitExpr = Binder->getSubExpr();
1040 if (CXXConstructExpr *Construct
1041 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(FullInitExpr)) {
1042 Constructor = Construct->getConstructor();
1043 for (CXXConstructExpr::arg_iterator A = Construct->arg_begin(),
1044 AEnd = Construct->arg_end();
1045 A != AEnd; ++A)
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00001046 ConvertedConstructorArgs.push_back(*A);
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001047 } else {
1048 // Take the converted initializer.
1049 ConvertedConstructorArgs.push_back(FullInit.release());
1050 }
1051 } else {
1052 // No initialization required.
1053 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001054
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001055 // Take the converted arguments and use them for the new expression.
Douglas Gregor5d3507d2009-09-09 23:08:42 +00001056 NumConsArgs = ConvertedConstructorArgs.size();
1057 ConsArgs = (Expr **)ConvertedConstructorArgs.take();
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001058 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001059
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001060 // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced.
1061 if (OperatorNew)
1062 MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew);
1063 if (OperatorDelete)
1064 MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
1065
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001066 // FIXME: Also check that the destructor is accessible. (C++ 5.3.4p16)
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001067
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00001068 PlacementArgs.release();
1069 ConstructorArgs.release();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001070
Ted Kremenek9d6eb402010-02-11 22:51:03 +00001071 return Owned(new (Context) CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew,
Douglas Gregorf2753b32010-07-13 15:54:32 +00001072 PlaceArgs, NumPlaceArgs, TypeIdParens,
Ted Kremenek9d6eb402010-02-11 22:51:03 +00001073 ArraySize, Constructor, Init,
1074 ConsArgs, NumConsArgs, OperatorDelete,
John McCall284c48f2011-01-27 09:37:56 +00001075 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize,
Douglas Gregor0744ef62010-09-07 21:49:58 +00001076 ResultType, AllocTypeInfo,
1077 StartLoc,
Ted Kremenek9d6eb402010-02-11 22:51:03 +00001078 Init ? ConstructorRParen :
Chandler Carruth01718152010-10-25 08:47:36 +00001079 TypeRange.getEnd(),
1080 ConstructorLParen, ConstructorRParen));
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001081}
1082
1083/// CheckAllocatedType - Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
1084/// in a new-expression.
1085/// dimension off and stores the size expression in ArraySize.
Douglas Gregord0fefba2009-05-21 00:00:09 +00001086bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001087 SourceRange R) {
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001088 // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an
1089 // abstract class type or array thereof.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001090 if (AllocType->isFunctionType())
Douglas Gregord0fefba2009-05-21 00:00:09 +00001091 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
1092 << AllocType << 0 << R;
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001093 else if (AllocType->isReferenceType())
Douglas Gregord0fefba2009-05-21 00:00:09 +00001094 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
1095 << AllocType << 1 << R;
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001096 else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
Douglas Gregord0fefba2009-05-21 00:00:09 +00001097 RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001098 PDiag(diag::err_new_incomplete_type)
1099 << R))
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001100 return true;
Douglas Gregord0fefba2009-05-21 00:00:09 +00001101 else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType,
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001102 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
1103 return true;
Douglas Gregor3999e152010-10-06 16:00:31 +00001104 else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType())
1105 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type)
1106 << AllocType;
Douglas Gregor39d1a092011-04-15 19:46:20 +00001107 else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace())
1108 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new)
1109 << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
1110
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001111 return false;
1112}
1113
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001114/// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
1115/// deallocation function.
1116static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(FunctionDecl *FD) {
1117 if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
1118 return false;
1119
1120 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
1121 return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction();
1122
1123 return ((FD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
1124 FD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
1125 FD->getNumParams() == 1);
1126}
1127
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001128/// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete
1129/// that are appropriate for the allocation.
Sebastian Redl1df2bbe2009-02-09 18:24:27 +00001130bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
1131 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType,
1132 bool IsArray, Expr **PlaceArgs,
1133 unsigned NumPlaceArgs,
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001134 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001135 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) {
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001136 // --- Choosing an allocation function ---
1137 // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18
1138 // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look
1139 // in the scope of the allocated class.
1140 // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for
1141 // operator new.
1142 // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the
1143 // placement form.
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001144
1145 llvm::SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs(1 + NumPlaceArgs);
1146 // We don't care about the actual value of this argument.
1147 // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax
1148 // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value?
Argyrios Kyrtzidis43b20572010-08-28 09:06:06 +00001149 IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue(
Anders Carlssona471db02009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001150 Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0)),
1151 Context.getSizeType(),
1152 SourceLocation());
1153 AllocArgs[0] = &Size;
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001154 std::copy(PlaceArgs, PlaceArgs + NumPlaceArgs, AllocArgs.begin() + 1);
1155
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001156 // C++ [expr.new]p8:
1157 // If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00001158 // function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001159 // name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00001160 // type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the
1161 // deallocation function's name is operator delete[].
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001162 DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
1163 IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New);
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001164 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
1165 IsArray ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
1166
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1194d5e2010-08-25 23:14:56 +00001167 QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
1168
1169 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001170 CXXRecordDecl *Record
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1194d5e2010-08-25 23:14:56 +00001171 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Sebastian Redl1df2bbe2009-02-09 18:24:27 +00001172 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, &AllocArgs[0],
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001173 AllocArgs.size(), Record, /*AllowMissing=*/true,
1174 OperatorNew))
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001175 return true;
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001176 }
1177 if (!OperatorNew) {
1178 // Didn't find a member overload. Look for a global one.
1179 DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001180 DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Sebastian Redl1df2bbe2009-02-09 18:24:27 +00001181 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, &AllocArgs[0],
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001182 AllocArgs.size(), TUDecl, /*AllowMissing=*/false,
1183 OperatorNew))
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001184 return true;
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001185 }
1186
John McCall0f55a032010-04-20 02:18:25 +00001187 // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under
1188 // -fno-exceptions.
1189 if (!getLangOptions().Exceptions) {
1190 OperatorDelete = 0;
1191 return false;
1192 }
1193
Anders Carlsson6f9dabf2009-05-31 20:26:12 +00001194 // FindAllocationOverload can change the passed in arguments, so we need to
1195 // copy them back.
1196 if (NumPlaceArgs > 0)
1197 std::copy(&AllocArgs[1], AllocArgs.end(), PlaceArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001198
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001199 // C++ [expr.new]p19:
1200 //
1201 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00001202 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001203 // scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00001204 // array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001205 // the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if
1206 // the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00001207 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope.
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001208 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1194d5e2010-08-25 23:14:56 +00001209 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001210 CXXRecordDecl *RD
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1194d5e2010-08-25 23:14:56 +00001211 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001212 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD);
1213 }
John McCallfb6f5262010-03-18 08:19:33 +00001214 if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous())
1215 return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions?
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001216
1217 if (FoundDelete.empty()) {
1218 DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1219 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
1220 }
1221
1222 FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001223
1224 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches;
1225
John McCalld3be2c82010-09-14 21:34:24 +00001226 // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated
1227 // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether
1228 // we had explicit placement arguments. This matters for things like
1229 // struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... };
1230 // A *a = new A()
1231 bool isPlacementNew = (NumPlaceArgs > 0 || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1);
1232
1233 if (isPlacementNew) {
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001234 // C++ [expr.new]p20:
1235 // A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the
1236 // declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the
1237 // same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations
1238 // (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are
1239 // identical. [...]
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001240 //
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001241 // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that
1242 // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both
1243 // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes.
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001244 //
1245 // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like.
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001246 QualType ExpectedFunctionType;
1247 {
1248 const FunctionProtoType *Proto
1249 = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001250
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001251 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001252 ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy);
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001253 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumArgs(); I < N; ++I)
1254 ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getArgType(I));
1255
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001256 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
1257 EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic();
1258
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001259 ExpectedFunctionType
1260 = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes.data(),
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001261 ArgTypes.size(), EPI);
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001262 }
1263
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001264 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001265 DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
1266 D != DEnd; ++D) {
1267 FunctionDecl *Fn = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001268 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001269 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
1270 // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the
1271 // expected function type.
1272 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, StartLoc);
1273 if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, 0, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn, Info))
1274 continue;
1275 } else
1276 Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl());
1277
1278 if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType))
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001279 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001280 }
1281 } else {
1282 // C++ [expr.new]p20:
1283 // [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a
1284 // non-placement allocation function. [...]
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001285 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001286 DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
1287 D != DEnd; ++D) {
1288 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
1289 if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Fn))
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001290 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001291 }
1292 }
1293
1294 // C++ [expr.new]p20:
1295 // [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation
1296 // function, that function will be called; otherwise, no
1297 // deallocation function will be called.
1298 if (Matches.size() == 1) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001299 OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second;
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001300
1301 // C++0x [expr.new]p20:
1302 // If the lookup finds the two-parameter form of a usual
1303 // deallocation function (3.7.4.2) and that function, considered
1304 // as a placement deallocation function, would have been
1305 // selected as a match for the allocation function, the program
1306 // is ill-formed.
1307 if (NumPlaceArgs && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
1308 isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(OperatorDelete)) {
1309 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete)
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001310 << SourceRange(PlaceArgs[0]->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001311 PlaceArgs[NumPlaceArgs - 1]->getLocEnd());
1312 Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1313 << DeleteName;
John McCallfb6f5262010-03-18 08:19:33 +00001314 } else {
1315 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(),
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001316 Matches[0].first);
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001317 }
1318 }
1319
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001320 return false;
1321}
1322
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001323/// FindAllocationOverload - Find an fitting overload for the allocation
1324/// function in the specified scope.
Sebastian Redl1df2bbe2009-02-09 18:24:27 +00001325bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
1326 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args,
1327 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001328 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator) {
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001329 LookupResult R(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1330 LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001331 if (R.empty()) {
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001332 if (AllowMissing)
1333 return false;
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001334 return Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
Chris Lattner45d9d602009-02-17 07:29:20 +00001335 << Name << Range;
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001336 }
1337
John McCallfb6f5262010-03-18 08:19:33 +00001338 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1339 return true;
1340
1341 R.suppressDiagnostics();
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001342
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00001343 OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001344 for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
Douglas Gregor80a6cc52009-09-30 00:03:47 +00001345 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001346 // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
1347 // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001348 NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl();
Chandler Carruth93538422010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001349
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001350 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
1351 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(),
Chandler Carruth93538422010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001352 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/0, Args, NumArgs,
1353 Candidates,
1354 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Douglas Gregorbb3e12f2009-09-29 18:16:17 +00001355 continue;
Chandler Carruth93538422010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001356 }
1357
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001358 FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1359 AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, NumArgs, Candidates,
Chandler Carruth93538422010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001360 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001361 }
1362
1363 // Do the resolution.
1364 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
John McCall5c32be02010-08-24 20:38:10 +00001365 switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, StartLoc, Best)) {
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001366 case OR_Success: {
1367 // Got one!
1368 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
Chandler Carruth30141632011-02-25 19:41:05 +00001369 MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc, FnDecl);
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001370 // The first argument is size_t, and the first parameter must be size_t,
1371 // too. This is checked on declaration and can be assumed. (It can't be
1372 // asserted on, though, since invalid decls are left in there.)
John McCallfb6f5262010-03-18 08:19:33 +00001373 // Watch out for variadic allocator function.
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00001374 unsigned NumArgsInFnDecl = FnDecl->getNumParams();
1375 for (unsigned i = 0; (i < NumArgs && i < NumArgsInFnDecl); ++i) {
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001376 ExprResult Result
Douglas Gregor34147272010-03-26 20:35:59 +00001377 = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001378 Context,
Douglas Gregor34147272010-03-26 20:35:59 +00001379 FnDecl->getParamDecl(i)),
1380 SourceLocation(),
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00001381 Owned(Args[i]));
Douglas Gregor34147272010-03-26 20:35:59 +00001382 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001383 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001384
Douglas Gregor34147272010-03-26 20:35:59 +00001385 Args[i] = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001386 }
1387 Operator = FnDecl;
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001388 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(), Best->FoundDecl);
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001389 return false;
1390 }
1391
1392 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001393 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
Chris Lattner45d9d602009-02-17 07:29:20 +00001394 << Name << Range;
John McCall5c32be02010-08-24 20:38:10 +00001395 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001396 return true;
1397
1398 case OR_Ambiguous:
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001399 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
Sebastian Redl1df2bbe2009-02-09 18:24:27 +00001400 << Name << Range;
John McCall5c32be02010-08-24 20:38:10 +00001401 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001402 return true;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001403
Douglas Gregor20b2ebd2011-03-23 00:50:03 +00001404 case OR_Deleted: {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001405 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
1406 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Fariborz Jahaniane6b127d2011-02-25 20:51:14 +00001407 << Name
Douglas Gregor20b2ebd2011-03-23 00:50:03 +00001408 << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
Fariborz Jahaniane6b127d2011-02-25 20:51:14 +00001409 << Range;
John McCall5c32be02010-08-24 20:38:10 +00001410 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001411 return true;
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001412 }
Douglas Gregor20b2ebd2011-03-23 00:50:03 +00001413 }
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001414 assert(false && "Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
1415 return true;
1416}
1417
1418
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001419/// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and
1420/// delete. These are:
1421/// @code
Sebastian Redl37588092011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001422/// // C++03:
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001423/// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
1424/// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
1425/// void operator delete(void *) throw();
1426/// void operator delete[](void *) throw();
Sebastian Redl37588092011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001427/// // C++0x:
1428/// void* operator new(std::size_t);
1429/// void* operator new[](std::size_t);
1430/// void operator delete(void *);
1431/// void operator delete[](void *);
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001432/// @endcode
Sebastian Redl37588092011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001433/// C++0x operator delete is implicitly noexcept.
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001434/// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly
1435/// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001436void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() {
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001437 if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared)
1438 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001439
Douglas Gregor87f54062009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001440 // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001441 // [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are
1442 // implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a
Douglas Gregor87f54062009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001443 // program
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001444 //
Sebastian Redl37588092011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001445 // C++03:
Douglas Gregor87f54062009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001446 // void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001447 // void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
1448 // void operator delete(void*) throw();
Douglas Gregor87f54062009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001449 // void operator delete[](void*) throw();
Sebastian Redl37588092011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001450 // C++0x:
1451 // void* operator new(std::size_t);
1452 // void* operator new[](std::size_t);
1453 // void operator delete(void*);
1454 // void operator delete[](void*);
Douglas Gregor87f54062009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001455 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001456 // These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator
Douglas Gregor87f54062009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001457 // new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[].
1458 //
1459 // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare
1460 // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification.
1461 // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name
1462 // lookup.
Sebastian Redl37588092011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001463 // Note that the C++0x versions of operator delete are deallocation functions,
1464 // and thus are implicitly noexcept.
1465 if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) {
Douglas Gregor87f54062009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001466 // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it
1467 // implicitly.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001468 StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class,
1469 getOrCreateStdNamespace(),
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00001470 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001471 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"),
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00001472 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d688102010-08-02 07:14:54 +00001473 getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true);
Douglas Gregor87f54062009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001474 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001475
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001476 GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true;
1477
1478 QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
1479 QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType();
Nuno Lopes13c88c72009-12-16 16:59:22 +00001480 bool AssumeSaneOperatorNew = getLangOptions().AssumeSaneOperatorNew;
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001481
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001482 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
1483 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New),
Nuno Lopes13c88c72009-12-16 16:59:22 +00001484 VoidPtr, SizeT, AssumeSaneOperatorNew);
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001485 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
1486 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_New),
Nuno Lopes13c88c72009-12-16 16:59:22 +00001487 VoidPtr, SizeT, AssumeSaneOperatorNew);
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001488 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
1489 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete),
1490 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
1491 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
1492 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete),
1493 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
1494}
1495
1496/// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global
1497/// allocation function if it doesn't already exist.
1498void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name,
Nuno Lopes13c88c72009-12-16 16:59:22 +00001499 QualType Return, QualType Argument,
1500 bool AddMallocAttr) {
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001501 DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1502
1503 // Check if this function is already declared.
Douglas Gregor8b9ccca2008-12-23 21:05:05 +00001504 {
Douglas Gregor17eb26b2008-12-23 22:05:29 +00001505 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc, AllocEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001506 for (llvm::tie(Alloc, AllocEnd) = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name);
Douglas Gregor8b9ccca2008-12-23 21:05:05 +00001507 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
Chandler Carruth93538422010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001508 // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined,
1509 // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here.
1510 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) {
1511 QualType InitialParamType =
Douglas Gregor684d7bd2009-12-22 23:42:49 +00001512 Context.getCanonicalType(
Chandler Carruth93538422010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001513 Func->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
1514 // FIXME: Do we need to check for default arguments here?
Douglas Gregorc1a42fd2010-08-18 15:06:25 +00001515 if (Func->getNumParams() == 1 && InitialParamType == Argument) {
1516 if(AddMallocAttr && !Func->hasAttr<MallocAttr>())
Alexis Huntdcfba7b2010-08-18 23:23:40 +00001517 Func->addAttr(::new (Context) MallocAttr(SourceLocation(), Context));
Chandler Carruth93538422010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001518 return;
Douglas Gregorc1a42fd2010-08-18 15:06:25 +00001519 }
Chandler Carruth93538422010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001520 }
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001521 }
1522 }
1523
Douglas Gregor87f54062009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001524 QualType BadAllocType;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001525 bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec
Douglas Gregor87f54062009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001526 = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
1527 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New);
Sebastian Redl37588092011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001528 if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) {
Douglas Gregor87f54062009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001529 assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d688102010-08-02 07:14:54 +00001530 BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc());
Douglas Gregor87f54062009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001531 }
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001532
1533 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001534 if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) {
Sebastian Redl37588092011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001535 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) {
1536 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_Dynamic;
1537 EPI.NumExceptions = 1;
1538 EPI.Exceptions = &BadAllocType;
1539 }
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00001540 } else {
Sebastian Redl37588092011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001541 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x ?
1542 EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001543 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001544
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001545 QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(Return, &Argument, 1, EPI);
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001546 FunctionDecl *Alloc =
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00001547 FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(),
1548 SourceLocation(), Name,
John McCall8e7d6562010-08-26 03:08:43 +00001549 FnType, /*TInfo=*/0, SC_None,
1550 SC_None, false, true);
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001551 Alloc->setImplicit();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001552
Nuno Lopes13c88c72009-12-16 16:59:22 +00001553 if (AddMallocAttr)
Alexis Huntdcfba7b2010-08-18 23:23:40 +00001554 Alloc->addAttr(::new (Context) MallocAttr(SourceLocation(), Context));
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001555
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001556 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(),
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00001557 SourceLocation(), 0,
1558 Argument, /*TInfo=*/0,
1559 SC_None, SC_None, 0);
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00001560 Alloc->setParams(&Param, 1);
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001561
Douglas Gregor8b9ccca2008-12-23 21:05:05 +00001562 // FIXME: Also add this declaration to the IdentifierResolver, but
1563 // make sure it is at the end of the chain to coincide with the
1564 // global scope.
John McCallcc14d1f2010-08-24 08:50:51 +00001565 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc);
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001566}
1567
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001568bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
1569 DeclarationName Name,
Anders Carlssonf98849e2009-12-02 17:15:43 +00001570 FunctionDecl* &Operator) {
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001571 LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001572 // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001573 LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001574
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001575 if (Found.isAmbiguous())
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001576 return true;
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001577
Chandler Carruthb6f99172010-06-28 00:30:51 +00001578 Found.suppressDiagnostics();
1579
John McCall66a87592010-08-04 00:31:26 +00001580 llvm::SmallVector<DeclAccessPair,4> Matches;
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001581 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
1582 F != FEnd; ++F) {
Chandler Carruth9b418232010-08-08 07:04:00 +00001583 NamedDecl *ND = (*F)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1584
1585 // Ignore template operator delete members from the check for a usual
1586 // deallocation function.
1587 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
1588 continue;
1589
1590 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)->isUsualDeallocationFunction())
John McCall66a87592010-08-04 00:31:26 +00001591 Matches.push_back(F.getPair());
1592 }
1593
1594 // There's exactly one suitable operator; pick it.
1595 if (Matches.size() == 1) {
1596 Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0]->getUnderlyingDecl());
1597 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(),
1598 Matches[0]);
1599 return false;
1600
1601 // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity.
1602 } else if (!Matches.empty()) {
1603 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
1604 << Name << RD;
1605
1606 for (llvm::SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator
1607 F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F)
1608 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
1609 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
1610 return true;
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001611 }
1612
1613 // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but
1614 // none of them were suitable.
1615 if (!Found.empty()) {
1616 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
1617 << Name << RD;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001618
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001619 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
John McCall66a87592010-08-04 00:31:26 +00001620 F != FEnd; ++F)
1621 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
1622 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001623
1624 return true;
1625 }
1626
1627 // Look for a global declaration.
1628 DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1629 DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001630
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001631 CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr Null(Context.VoidPtrTy, SourceLocation());
1632 Expr* DeallocArgs[1];
1633 DeallocArgs[0] = &Null;
1634 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Name,
1635 DeallocArgs, 1, TUDecl, /*AllowMissing=*/false,
1636 Operator))
1637 return true;
1638
1639 assert(Operator && "Did not find a deallocation function!");
1640 return false;
1641}
1642
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001643/// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in:
1644/// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode
1645/// or
1646/// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001647ExprResult
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001648Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001649 bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) {
Douglas Gregor0fea62d2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001650 // C++ [expr.delete]p1:
1651 // The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single
1652 // conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type void.
1653 //
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001654 // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases.
1655
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001656 ExprResult Ex = Owned(ExE);
Anders Carlssona471db02009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001657 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis14ec9f62010-09-13 20:15:54 +00001658 bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm;
John McCall284c48f2011-01-27 09:37:56 +00001659 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001660
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001661 if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
1662 QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001663
Douglas Gregor0fea62d2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001664 if (const RecordType *Record = Type->getAs<RecordType>()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001665 if (RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Type,
Douglas Gregorf65f4902010-07-29 14:44:35 +00001666 PDiag(diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type)))
1667 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001668
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001669 llvm::SmallVector<CXXConversionDecl*, 4> ObjectPtrConversions;
1670
Fariborz Jahanianb54ccb22009-09-11 21:44:33 +00001671 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001672 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions = RD->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001673 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001674 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001675 NamedDecl *D = I.getDecl();
1676 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1677 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1678
Douglas Gregor0fea62d2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001679 // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't considered.
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001680 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor0fea62d2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001681 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001682
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001683 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001684
Douglas Gregor0fea62d2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001685 QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
1686 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
Eli Friedmana170cd62010-08-05 02:49:48 +00001687 if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Fariborz Jahanianadcea102009-09-15 22:15:23 +00001688 ObjectPtrConversions.push_back(Conv);
Douglas Gregor0fea62d2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001689 }
Fariborz Jahanianadcea102009-09-15 22:15:23 +00001690 if (ObjectPtrConversions.size() == 1) {
1691 // We have a single conversion to a pointer-to-object type. Perform
1692 // that conversion.
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001693 // TODO: don't redo the conversion calculation.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001694 ExprResult Res =
1695 PerformImplicitConversion(Ex.get(),
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001696 ObjectPtrConversions.front()->getConversionType(),
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001697 AA_Converting);
1698 if (Res.isUsable()) {
1699 Ex = move(Res);
1700 Type = Ex.get()->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianadcea102009-09-15 22:15:23 +00001701 }
1702 }
1703 else if (ObjectPtrConversions.size() > 1) {
1704 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001705 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001706 for (unsigned i= 0; i < ObjectPtrConversions.size(); i++)
1707 NoteOverloadCandidate(ObjectPtrConversions[i]);
Fariborz Jahanianadcea102009-09-15 22:15:23 +00001708 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor0fea62d2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001709 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001710 }
1711
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00001712 if (!Type->isPointerType())
1713 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001714 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001715
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001716 QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregorbb3348e2010-05-24 17:01:56 +00001717 if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001718 // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which
Douglas Gregorbb3348e2010-05-24 17:01:56 +00001719 // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support
1720 // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context.
1721 Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001722 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorbb3348e2010-05-24 17:01:56 +00001723 } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00001724 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001725 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregorc9a1a3b2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00001726 else if (!Pointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001727 RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001728 PDiag(diag::warn_delete_incomplete)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001729 << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorc9a1a3b2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00001730 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor39d1a092011-04-15 19:46:20 +00001731 else if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace())
1732 return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(),
1733 diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete)
1734 << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
Douglas Gregor98496dc2009-09-29 21:38:53 +00001735 // C++ [expr.delete]p2:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001736 // [Note: a pointer to a const type can be the operand of a
1737 // delete-expression; it is not necessary to cast away the constness
1738 // (5.2.11) of the pointer expression before it is used as the operand
Douglas Gregor98496dc2009-09-29 21:38:53 +00001739 // of the delete-expression. ]
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001740 Ex = ImpCastExprToType(Ex.take(), Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy),
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00001741 CK_NoOp);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis14ec9f62010-09-13 20:15:54 +00001742
1743 if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) {
1744 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001745 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()
Argyrios Kyrtzidis14ec9f62010-09-13 20:15:54 +00001746 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(PP.getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]");
1747 ArrayForm = true;
1748 }
1749
Anders Carlssona471db02009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001750 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
1751 ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
1752
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1194d5e2010-08-25 23:14:56 +00001753 QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee);
1754 if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001755 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
1756
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001757 if (!UseGlobal &&
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001758 FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, RD, DeleteName, OperatorDelete))
Anders Carlsson654e5c72009-11-14 03:17:38 +00001759 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001760
John McCall284c48f2011-01-27 09:37:56 +00001761 // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the
1762 // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter.
1763 if (ArrayForm) {
1764 // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator,
1765 // we'll need to do the lookup into the class.
1766 if (UseGlobal)
1767 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
1768 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem);
1769
1770 // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the
1771 // function we just found.
1772 else if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete))
1773 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = (OperatorDelete->getNumParams() == 2);
1774 }
1775
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001776 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
Douglas Gregor5bb5e4a2010-10-12 23:32:35 +00001777 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001778 MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian37d06562009-09-03 23:18:17 +00001779 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
Douglas Gregor5bb5e4a2010-10-12 23:32:35 +00001780 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc);
1781 }
Anders Carlssona471db02009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001782 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001783
Anders Carlssona471db02009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001784 if (!OperatorDelete) {
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001785 // Look for a global declaration.
Anders Carlssona471db02009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001786 DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1787 DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001788 Expr *Arg = Ex.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001789 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, SourceRange(), DeleteName,
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001790 &Arg, 1, TUDecl, /*AllowMissing=*/false,
Anders Carlssona471db02009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001791 OperatorDelete))
1792 return ExprError();
1793 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001794
John McCall0f55a032010-04-20 02:18:25 +00001795 MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
John McCall284c48f2011-01-27 09:37:56 +00001796
Douglas Gregorfa778132011-02-01 15:50:11 +00001797 // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor.
1798 if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1799 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
1800 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001801 CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor,
Douglas Gregorfa778132011-02-01 15:50:11 +00001802 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
1803 }
1804 }
1805
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001806 }
1807
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00001808 return Owned(new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm,
John McCall284c48f2011-01-27 09:37:56 +00001809 ArrayFormAsWritten,
1810 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize,
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001811 OperatorDelete, Ex.take(), StartLoc));
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001812}
1813
Douglas Gregor633caca2009-11-23 23:44:04 +00001814/// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
1815/// while, do-while, or switch statement.
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001816ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00001817 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
1818 bool ConvertToBoolean) {
Douglas Gregor633caca2009-11-23 23:44:04 +00001819 QualType T = ConditionVar->getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001820
Douglas Gregor633caca2009-11-23 23:44:04 +00001821 // C++ [stmt.select]p2:
1822 // The declarator shall not specify a function or an array.
1823 if (T->isFunctionType())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001824 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
Douglas Gregor633caca2009-11-23 23:44:04 +00001825 diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type)
1826 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
1827 else if (T->isArrayType())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001828 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
Douglas Gregor633caca2009-11-23 23:44:04 +00001829 diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type)
1830 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor0156d1c2009-11-24 16:07:02 +00001831
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001832 ExprResult Condition =
1833 Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
Douglas Gregorea972d32011-02-28 21:54:11 +00001834 ConditionVar,
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001835 ConditionVar->getLocation(),
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00001836 ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001837 VK_LValue));
1838 if (ConvertToBoolean) {
1839 Condition = CheckBooleanCondition(Condition.take(), StmtLoc);
1840 if (Condition.isInvalid())
1841 return ExprError();
1842 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001843
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001844 return move(Condition);
Douglas Gregor633caca2009-11-23 23:44:04 +00001845}
1846
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7620ee42008-09-10 02:17:11 +00001847/// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001848ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7620ee42008-09-10 02:17:11 +00001849 // C++ 6.4p4:
1850 // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement
1851 // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable
1852 // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the
1853 // program is ill-formed.
1854 // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the
1855 // expression, implicitly converted to bool.
1856 //
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00001857 return PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7620ee42008-09-10 02:17:11 +00001858}
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00001859
1860/// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++
1861/// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or
1862/// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals,
1863/// respectively).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001864bool
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00001865Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
1866 // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists.
1867 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From))
1868 From = Cast->getSubExpr();
1869
1870 // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can
1871 // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide
1872 // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer
1873 // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2).
Douglas Gregor689999d2010-06-22 23:47:37 +00001874 if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens()))
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001875 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001876 if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001877 = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00001878 // This conversion is considered only when there is an
1879 // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2).
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001880 if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers() &&
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00001881 ((StrLit->isWide() && ToPointeeType->isWideCharType()) ||
1882 (!StrLit->isWide() &&
1883 (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U ||
1884 ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S))))
1885 return true;
1886 }
1887
1888 return false;
1889}
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001890
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001891static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S,
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00001892 SourceLocation CastLoc,
1893 QualType Ty,
1894 CastKind Kind,
1895 CXXMethodDecl *Method,
Douglas Gregor2bbfba02011-01-20 01:32:05 +00001896 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00001897 Expr *From) {
Douglas Gregora4253922010-04-16 22:17:36 +00001898 switch (Kind) {
1899 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled cast kind!");
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00001900 case CK_ConstructorConversion: {
John McCall37ad5512010-08-23 06:44:23 +00001901 ASTOwningVector<Expr*> ConstructorArgs(S);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001902
Douglas Gregora4253922010-04-16 22:17:36 +00001903 if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
John McCallfaf5fb42010-08-26 23:41:50 +00001904 MultiExprArg(&From, 1),
Douglas Gregora4253922010-04-16 22:17:36 +00001905 CastLoc, ConstructorArgs))
John McCallfaf5fb42010-08-26 23:41:50 +00001906 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001907
1908 ExprResult Result =
1909 S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(CastLoc, Ty, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
John McCallbfd822c2010-08-24 07:32:53 +00001910 move_arg(ConstructorArgs),
Chandler Carruth01718152010-10-25 08:47:36 +00001911 /*ZeroInit*/ false, CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete,
1912 SourceRange());
Douglas Gregora4253922010-04-16 22:17:36 +00001913 if (Result.isInvalid())
John McCallfaf5fb42010-08-26 23:41:50 +00001914 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001915
Douglas Gregora4253922010-04-16 22:17:36 +00001916 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.takeAs<Expr>());
1917 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001918
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00001919 case CK_UserDefinedConversion: {
Douglas Gregora4253922010-04-16 22:17:36 +00001920 assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001921
Douglas Gregora4253922010-04-16 22:17:36 +00001922 // Create an implicit call expr that calls it.
Douglas Gregor2bbfba02011-01-20 01:32:05 +00001923 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Method);
Douglas Gregor668443e2011-01-20 00:18:04 +00001924 if (Result.isInvalid())
1925 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001926
Douglas Gregor668443e2011-01-20 00:18:04 +00001927 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get());
Douglas Gregora4253922010-04-16 22:17:36 +00001928 }
1929 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001930}
Douglas Gregora4253922010-04-16 22:17:36 +00001931
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00001932/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
1933/// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001934/// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00001935/// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00001936/// used in the error message.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001937ExprResult
1938Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00001939 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
Douglas Gregor58281352011-01-27 00:58:17 +00001940 AssignmentAction Action, bool CStyle) {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001941 switch (ICS.getKind()) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001942 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: {
1943 ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard,
1944 Action, CStyle);
1945 if (Res.isInvalid())
1946 return ExprError();
1947 From = Res.take();
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001948 break;
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001949 }
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001950
Anders Carlsson110b07b2009-09-15 06:28:28 +00001951 case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001952
Fariborz Jahanian2fee79a2009-08-28 22:04:50 +00001953 FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction;
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00001954 CastKind CastKind;
Anders Carlsson110b07b2009-09-15 06:28:28 +00001955 QualType BeforeToType;
1956 if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) {
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00001957 CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001958
Anders Carlsson110b07b2009-09-15 06:28:28 +00001959 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function,
1960 // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
1961 // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
1962 BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent());
John McCalla03edda2010-12-04 09:57:16 +00001963 } else {
1964 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00001965 CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001966 // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion.
Douglas Gregor3153da72009-11-20 02:31:03 +00001967 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001968 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001969 // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to the
1970 // type required by the argument of the constructor
Douglas Gregor3153da72009-11-20 02:31:03 +00001971 BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
1972 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001973 }
Douglas Gregor6dd3a6a2010-12-02 21:47:04 +00001974 // Watch out for elipsis conversion.
Fariborz Jahanianeec642f2009-11-06 00:55:14 +00001975 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001976 ExprResult Res =
1977 PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType,
1978 ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting,
1979 CStyle);
1980 if (Res.isInvalid())
1981 return ExprError();
1982 From = Res.take();
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001983 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001984
1985 ExprResult CastArg
Douglas Gregora4253922010-04-16 22:17:36 +00001986 = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this,
1987 From->getLocStart(),
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00001988 ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
Douglas Gregor2bbfba02011-01-20 01:32:05 +00001989 CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
1990 ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction,
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00001991 From);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00001992
1993 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001994 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmane96f1d32009-11-27 04:41:50 +00001995
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001996 From = CastArg.take();
Eli Friedmane96f1d32009-11-27 04:41:50 +00001997
Eli Friedmane96f1d32009-11-27 04:41:50 +00001998 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After,
Douglas Gregor58281352011-01-27 00:58:17 +00001999 AA_Converting, CStyle);
Fariborz Jahanianda21efb2009-10-16 19:20:59 +00002000 }
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002001
2002 case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
John McCall5c32be02010-08-24 20:38:10 +00002003 ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(),
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002004 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
2005 << From->getSourceRange());
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002006 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002007
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002008 case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
2009 assert(false && "Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion");
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002010 return Owned(From);
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002011
2012 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002013 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002014 }
2015
2016 // Everything went well.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002017 return Owned(From);
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002018}
2019
2020/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
2021/// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002022/// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00002023/// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this
2024/// conversion, for use in error messages.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002025ExprResult
2026Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00002027 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
Douglas Gregor58281352011-01-27 00:58:17 +00002028 AssignmentAction Action, bool CStyle) {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002029 // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too
2030 // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more
2031 // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially,
2032 // so that we don't need to recompute anything here.
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002033 QualType FromType = From->getType();
2034
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002035 if (SCS.CopyConstructor) {
Anders Carlsson549c5bd2009-05-19 04:45:15 +00002036 // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type?
2037 assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
Fariborz Jahanian49850df2009-09-25 18:59:21 +00002038 if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
John McCall37ad5512010-08-23 06:44:23 +00002039 ASTOwningVector<Expr*> ConstructorArgs(*this);
Fariborz Jahanian49850df2009-09-25 18:59:21 +00002040 if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor),
John McCall37ad5512010-08-23 06:44:23 +00002041 MultiExprArg(*this, &From, 1),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002042 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
Fariborz Jahanian49850df2009-09-25 18:59:21 +00002043 ConstructorArgs))
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002044 return ExprError();
2045 return BuildCXXConstructExpr(/*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
2046 ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
2047 move_arg(ConstructorArgs),
2048 /*ZeroInit*/ false,
2049 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete,
2050 SourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanian49850df2009-09-25 18:59:21 +00002051 }
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002052 return BuildCXXConstructExpr(/*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
2053 ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
2054 MultiExprArg(*this, &From, 1),
2055 /*ZeroInit*/ false,
2056 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete,
2057 SourceRange());
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002058 }
2059
Douglas Gregor980fb162010-04-29 18:24:40 +00002060 // Resolve overloaded function references.
2061 if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) {
2062 DeclAccessPair Found;
2063 FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType,
2064 true, Found);
2065 if (!Fn)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002066 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor980fb162010-04-29 18:24:40 +00002067
2068 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002069 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002070
Douglas Gregor980fb162010-04-29 18:24:40 +00002071 From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn);
2072 FromType = From->getType();
2073 }
2074
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002075 // Perform the first implicit conversion.
2076 switch (SCS.First) {
2077 case ICK_Identity:
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002078 // Nothing to do.
2079 break;
2080
John McCall34376a62010-12-04 03:47:34 +00002081 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
2082 // Should this get its own ICK?
2083 if (From->getObjectKind() == OK_ObjCProperty) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002084 ExprResult FromRes = ConvertPropertyForRValue(From);
2085 if (FromRes.isInvalid())
2086 return ExprError();
2087 From = FromRes.take();
John McCalled75c092010-12-07 22:54:16 +00002088 if (!From->isGLValue()) break;
John McCall34376a62010-12-04 03:47:34 +00002089 }
2090
Chandler Carruth1af88f12011-02-17 21:10:52 +00002091 // Check for trivial buffer overflows.
Ted Kremenekdf26df72011-03-01 18:41:00 +00002092 CheckArrayAccess(From);
Chandler Carruth1af88f12011-02-17 21:10:52 +00002093
John McCall34376a62010-12-04 03:47:34 +00002094 FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
2095 From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_LValueToRValue,
2096 From, 0, VK_RValue);
2097 break;
2098
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002099 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002100 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002101 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).take();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002102 break;
2103
2104 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002105 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002106 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay).take();
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002107 break;
2108
2109 default:
2110 assert(false && "Improper first standard conversion");
2111 break;
2112 }
2113
2114 // Perform the second implicit conversion
2115 switch (SCS.Second) {
2116 case ICK_Identity:
Sebastian Redl5d431642009-10-10 12:04:10 +00002117 // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
2118 // be incompatible exception declarations.
2119 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002120 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl5d431642009-10-10 12:04:10 +00002121 // Nothing else to do.
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002122 break;
2123
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00002124 case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment:
2125 // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
2126 // be incompatible exception declarations.
2127 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002128 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002129
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002130 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp).take();
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00002131 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002132
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002133 case ICK_Integral_Promotion:
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002134 case ICK_Integral_Conversion:
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002135 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast).take();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002136 break;
2137
2138 case ICK_Floating_Promotion:
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002139 case ICK_Floating_Conversion:
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002140 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast).take();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002141 break;
2142
2143 case ICK_Complex_Promotion:
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002144 case ICK_Complex_Conversion: {
2145 QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
2146 QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
2147 CastKind CK;
2148 if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
2149 if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType())
2150 CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast;
2151 else
2152 CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
2153 } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
2154 CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
2155 } else {
2156 CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast;
2157 }
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002158 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK).take();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002159 break;
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002160 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002161
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002162 case ICK_Floating_Integral:
Douglas Gregor49b4d732010-06-22 23:07:26 +00002163 if (ToType->isRealFloatingType())
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002164 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating).take();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002165 else
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002166 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral).take();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002167 break;
2168
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002169 case ICK_Compatible_Conversion:
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002170 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp).take();
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002171 break;
2172
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00002173 case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: {
Douglas Gregor6dd3a6a2010-12-02 21:47:04 +00002174 if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) {
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00002175 // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions
Fariborz Jahanian413e0642011-03-21 19:08:42 +00002176 if (Action == AA_Initializing)
2177 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2178 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
2179 << ToType << From->getType() << Action
2180 << From->getSourceRange();
2181 else
2182 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2183 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
2184 << From->getType() << ToType << Action
2185 << From->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00002186 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002187
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002188 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
John McCallcf142162010-08-07 06:22:56 +00002189 CXXCastPath BasePath;
Douglas Gregor58281352011-01-27 00:58:17 +00002190 if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002191 return ExprError();
2192 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath).take();
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002193 break;
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00002194 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002195
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00002196 case ICK_Pointer_Member: {
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002197 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
John McCallcf142162010-08-07 06:22:56 +00002198 CXXCastPath BasePath;
Douglas Gregor58281352011-01-27 00:58:17 +00002199 if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002200 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl5d431642009-10-10 12:04:10 +00002201 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002202 return ExprError();
2203 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath).take();
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00002204 break;
2205 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002206
Abramo Bagnara7ccce982011-04-07 09:26:19 +00002207 case ICK_Boolean_Conversion:
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002208 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy,
2209 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType)).take();
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002210 break;
2211
Douglas Gregor88d292c2010-05-13 16:44:06 +00002212 case ICK_Derived_To_Base: {
John McCallcf142162010-08-07 06:22:56 +00002213 CXXCastPath BasePath;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002214 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(),
Douglas Gregor02ba0ea2009-11-06 01:02:41 +00002215 ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
2216 From->getLocStart(),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002217 From->getSourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor88d292c2010-05-13 16:44:06 +00002218 &BasePath,
Douglas Gregor58281352011-01-27 00:58:17 +00002219 CStyle))
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002220 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor88d292c2010-05-13 16:44:06 +00002221
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002222 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002223 CK_DerivedToBase, CastCategory(From),
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002224 &BasePath).take();
Douglas Gregor02ba0ea2009-11-06 01:02:41 +00002225 break;
Douglas Gregor88d292c2010-05-13 16:44:06 +00002226 }
2227
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002228 case ICK_Vector_Conversion:
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002229 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast).take();
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002230 break;
2231
2232 case ICK_Vector_Splat:
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002233 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_VectorSplat).take();
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002234 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002235
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002236 case ICK_Complex_Real:
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002237 // Case 1. x -> _Complex y
2238 if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
2239 QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType();
2240 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
2241
2242 // x -> y
2243 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) {
2244 // do nothing
2245 } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002246 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
2247 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).take();
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002248 } else {
2249 assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType());
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002250 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
2251 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).take();
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002252 }
2253 // y -> _Complex y
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002254 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002255 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002256 : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).take();
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002257
2258 // Case 2. _Complex x -> y
2259 } else {
2260 const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>();
2261 assert(FromComplex);
2262
2263 QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType();
2264 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
2265
2266 // _Complex x -> x
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002267 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002268 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002269 : CK_IntegralComplexToReal).take();
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002270
2271 // x -> y
2272 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) {
2273 // do nothing
2274 } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002275 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
2276 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating).take();
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002277 } else {
2278 assert(ToType->isIntegerType());
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002279 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
2280 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast).take();
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002281 }
2282 }
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002283 break;
Fariborz Jahanian42455ea2011-02-12 19:07:46 +00002284
2285 case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002286 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast,
2287 VK_RValue).take();
Fariborz Jahanian42455ea2011-02-12 19:07:46 +00002288 break;
2289 }
2290
Fariborz Jahanian16f92ce2011-03-23 19:50:54 +00002291 case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002292 ExprResult FromRes = Owned(From);
Fariborz Jahanian16f92ce2011-03-23 19:50:54 +00002293 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy =
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002294 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes);
2295 if (FromRes.isInvalid())
2296 return ExprError();
2297 From = FromRes.take();
Fariborz Jahanian16f92ce2011-03-23 19:50:54 +00002298 assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) &&
2299 "Improper transparent union conversion");
2300 (void)ConvTy;
2301 break;
2302 }
2303
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002304 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
2305 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
2306 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
2307 case ICK_Qualification:
2308 case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds:
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002309 assert(false && "Improper second standard conversion");
2310 break;
2311 }
2312
2313 switch (SCS.Third) {
2314 case ICK_Identity:
2315 // Nothing to do.
2316 break;
2317
Sebastian Redlc57d34b2010-07-20 04:20:21 +00002318 case ICK_Qualification: {
2319 // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the
2320 // target type isn't a reference.
John McCall2536c6d2010-08-25 10:28:54 +00002321 ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ?
2322 CastCategory(From) : VK_RValue;
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002323 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context),
2324 CK_NoOp, VK).take();
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +00002325
Douglas Gregore981bb02011-03-14 16:13:32 +00002326 if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr &&
2327 !getLangOptions().WritableStrings)
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +00002328 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion)
2329 << ToType.getNonReferenceType();
2330
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002331 break;
Sebastian Redlc57d34b2010-07-20 04:20:21 +00002332 }
2333
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002334 default:
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002335 assert(false && "Improper third standard conversion");
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002336 break;
2337 }
2338
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002339 return Owned(From);
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002340}
2341
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002342ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
Douglas Gregor54e5b132010-09-09 16:14:44 +00002343 SourceLocation KWLoc,
2344 ParsedType Ty,
2345 SourceLocation RParen) {
2346 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
2347 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002348
Douglas Gregor54e5b132010-09-09 16:14:44 +00002349 if (!TSInfo)
2350 TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002351 return BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UTT, KWLoc, TSInfo, RParen);
Douglas Gregor54e5b132010-09-09 16:14:44 +00002352}
2353
Sebastian Redl058fc822010-09-14 23:40:14 +00002354static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, UnaryTypeTrait UTT, QualType T,
2355 SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
Douglas Gregore5bef032011-01-27 20:35:44 +00002356 // FIXME: For many of these traits, we need a complete type before we can
2357 // check these properties.
John Wiegleyd3522222011-04-28 02:06:46 +00002358
2359 if (T->isDependentType()) {
2360 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dependent_type_used_in_type_trait_expr) << T;
2361 return false;
2362 }
2363
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002364 ASTContext &C = Self.Context;
2365 switch(UTT) {
2366 default: assert(false && "Unknown type trait or not implemented");
Chandler Carruthd2479ea2011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002367
2368 // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category
2369 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat].
2370 case UTT_IsVoid:
2371 return T->isVoidType();
2372 case UTT_IsIntegral:
2373 return T->isIntegralType(C);
2374 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
2375 return T->isFloatingType();
2376 case UTT_IsArray:
2377 return T->isArrayType();
2378 case UTT_IsPointer:
2379 return T->isPointerType();
2380 case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
2381 return T->isLValueReferenceType();
2382 case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
2383 return T->isRValueReferenceType();
2384 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
2385 return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
2386 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
2387 return T->isMemberDataPointerType();
2388 case UTT_IsEnum:
2389 return T->isEnumeralType();
Chandler Carruth100f3a92011-05-01 06:11:03 +00002390 case UTT_IsUnion:
2391 if (const RecordType *Record = T->getAs<RecordType>())
2392 return Record->getDecl()->isUnion();
2393 return false;
Chandler Carruthd2479ea2011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002394 case UTT_IsClass:
2395 if (const RecordType *Record = T->getAs<RecordType>())
2396 return !Record->getDecl()->isUnion();
2397 return false;
2398 case UTT_IsFunction:
2399 return T->isFunctionType();
2400
2401 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition
2402 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp].
2403 case UTT_IsReference:
2404 return T->isReferenceType();
2405 case UTT_IsArithmetic:
2406 return T->isArithmeticType() && ! T->isEnumeralType();
2407 case UTT_IsFundamental:
2408 return T->isVoidType() || (T->isArithmeticType() && ! T->isEnumeralType());
2409 case UTT_IsObject:
2410 // Defined in Section 3.9 p8 of the Working Draft, essentially:
2411 // !__is_reference(T) && !__is_function(T) && !__is_void(T).
2412 return ! (T->isReferenceType() || T->isFunctionType() || T->isVoidType());
2413 case UTT_IsScalar:
2414 // Scalar type is defined in Section 3.9 p10 of the Working Draft.
2415 // Essentially:
2416 // __is_arithmetic( T ) || __is_enumeration(T) ||
2417 // __is_pointer(T) || __is_member_pointer(T)
2418 return (T->isArithmeticType() || T->isEnumeralType() ||
2419 T->isPointerType() || T->isMemberPointerType());
2420 case UTT_IsCompound:
2421 return ! (T->isVoidType() || T->isArithmeticType()) || T->isEnumeralType();
2422 case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
2423 return T->isMemberPointerType();
2424
2425 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates
2426 // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop].
2427 case UTT_IsConst:
2428 return T.isConstQualified();
2429 case UTT_IsVolatile:
2430 return T.isVolatileQualified();
2431 case UTT_IsTrivial:
2432 return T->isTrivialType();
2433 case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
2434 return T->isStandardLayoutType();
2435 case UTT_IsPOD:
2436 return T->isPODType();
2437 case UTT_IsLiteral:
2438 return T->isLiteralType();
2439 case UTT_IsEmpty:
2440 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
2441 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty();
2442 return false;
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002443 case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
Chandler Carruth100f3a92011-05-01 06:11:03 +00002444 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
2445 return RD->isPolymorphic();
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002446 return false;
2447 case UTT_IsAbstract:
Chandler Carruth100f3a92011-05-01 06:11:03 +00002448 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
2449 return RD->isAbstract();
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002450 return false;
John Wiegley65497cc2011-04-27 23:09:49 +00002451 case UTT_IsSigned:
2452 return T->isSignedIntegerType();
John Wiegley65497cc2011-04-27 23:09:49 +00002453 case UTT_IsUnsigned:
2454 return T->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Chandler Carruthd2479ea2011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002455
2456 // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction,
2457 // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the
2458 // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both
2459 // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those
2460 // specifications.
2461 //
2462 // 1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
2463 // 2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002464 case UTT_HasTrivialConstructor:
2465 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2466 // If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is
2467 // a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default
2468 // constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false.
2469 if (T->isPODType())
2470 return true;
2471 if (const RecordType *RT =
2472 C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
2473 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->hasTrivialConstructor();
2474 return false;
2475 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
2476 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2477 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then
2478 // the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type
2479 // with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait
2480 // is true, else it is false.
2481 if (T->isPODType() || T->isReferenceType())
2482 return true;
2483 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
2484 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->hasTrivialCopyConstructor();
2485 return false;
2486 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
2487 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2488 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
2489 // trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the
2490 // trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with
2491 // a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is
2492 // true, else it is false.
2493 // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting,
2494 // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class
2495 // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause
2496 // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v.
2497 // [class.copy]p12).
2498
2499 if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
2500 return false;
2501 if (T->isPODType())
2502 return true;
2503 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
2504 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->hasTrivialCopyAssignment();
2505 return false;
2506 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
2507 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2508 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type
2509 // then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union
2510 // type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor
2511 // ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is
2512 // false.
2513 if (T->isPODType() || T->isReferenceType())
2514 return true;
2515 if (const RecordType *RT =
2516 C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
2517 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->hasTrivialDestructor();
2518 return false;
2519 // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members.
2520 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
2521 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2522 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
2523 // trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type)
2524 // is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class
2525 // or union type with copy assignment operators that are known
2526 // not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
2527 // false.
2528 if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
2529 return false;
2530 if (T->isReferenceType())
2531 return false;
2532 if (T->isPODType())
2533 return true;
2534 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2535 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
2536 if (RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
2537 return true;
2538
2539 bool FoundAssign = false;
2540 bool AllNoThrow = true;
2541 DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Sebastian Redl058fc822010-09-14 23:40:14 +00002542 LookupResult Res(Self, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, KeyLoc),
2543 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
2544 if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) {
2545 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end();
2546 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
2547 CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op);
2548 if (Operator->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2549 FoundAssign = true;
2550 const FunctionProtoType *CPT
2551 = Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Sebastian Redl31ad7542011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002552 if (!CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context)) {
Sebastian Redl058fc822010-09-14 23:40:14 +00002553 AllNoThrow = false;
2554 break;
2555 }
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002556 }
2557 }
2558 }
2559
2560 return FoundAssign && AllNoThrow;
2561 }
2562 return false;
2563 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
2564 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2565 // If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else
2566 // if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are
2567 // known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
2568 // false.
2569 if (T->isPODType() || T->isReferenceType())
2570 return true;
2571 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2572 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
2573 if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
2574 return true;
2575
2576 bool FoundConstructor = false;
2577 bool AllNoThrow = true;
2578 unsigned FoundTQs;
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002579 DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Con, ConEnd;
Sebastian Redl951006f2010-09-13 21:10:20 +00002580 for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd) = Self.LookupConstructors(RD);
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002581 Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
Sebastian Redl5c649bc2010-09-13 22:18:28 +00002582 // A template constructor is never a copy constructor.
2583 // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload
2584 // resolution point.
2585 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con))
2586 continue;
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002587 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
2588 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) {
2589 FoundConstructor = true;
2590 const FunctionProtoType *CPT
2591 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002592 // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
Sebastian Redlc15c3262010-09-13 22:02:47 +00002593 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
Sebastian Redl31ad7542011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002594 if (!CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context) || CPT->getNumArgs() > 1) {
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002595 AllNoThrow = false;
2596 break;
2597 }
2598 }
2599 }
2600
2601 return FoundConstructor && AllNoThrow;
2602 }
2603 return false;
2604 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
2605 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2606 // If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is
2607 // true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array
2608 // thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to
2609 // throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false.
2610 if (T->isPODType())
2611 return true;
2612 if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2613 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
2614 if (RD->hasTrivialConstructor())
2615 return true;
2616
Sebastian Redlc15c3262010-09-13 22:02:47 +00002617 DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Con, ConEnd;
2618 for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd) = Self.LookupConstructors(RD);
2619 Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
Sebastian Redl5c649bc2010-09-13 22:18:28 +00002620 // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor.
2621 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con))
2622 continue;
Sebastian Redlc15c3262010-09-13 22:02:47 +00002623 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
2624 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
2625 const FunctionProtoType *CPT
2626 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2627 // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
2628 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
Sebastian Redl31ad7542011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002629 return CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context) && CPT->getNumArgs() == 0;
Sebastian Redlc15c3262010-09-13 22:02:47 +00002630 }
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002631 }
2632 }
2633 return false;
2634 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
2635 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2636 // If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor])
2637 // then the trait is true, else it is false.
2638 if (const RecordType *Record = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2639 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
Sebastian Redl058fc822010-09-14 23:40:14 +00002640 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD))
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002641 return Destructor->isVirtual();
2642 }
2643 return false;
Chandler Carruthd2479ea2011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002644
2645 // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the
2646 // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions:
2647 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
2648 case UTT_IsCompleteType:
2649 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_):
2650 // Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the
2651 // function call.
2652 return !T->isIncompleteType();
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002653 }
2654}
2655
Chandler Carruthb0776202011-04-30 10:07:32 +00002656/// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
2657///
2658/// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete
2659/// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false
2660/// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required,
2661/// returns true.
2662static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S,
2663 UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
2664 SourceLocation Loc,
2665 QualType ArgTy) {
2666 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3:
2667 // For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating
2668 // that template with a template argument that is a class template
2669 // specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template
2670 // argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument
2671 // must be a complete type.
2672 // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement
2673 // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior
2674 // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries.
2675 switch (UTT) {
2676 // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type.
2677 case UTT_IsCompleteType:
2678 return true;
2679
2680 // According to http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
2681 // all traits except __is_class, __is_enum and __is_union require a the type
2682 // to be complete, an array of unknown bound, or void.
2683 case UTT_IsClass:
2684 case UTT_IsEnum:
2685 case UTT_IsUnion:
2686 return true;
2687
2688 default:
2689 // Apprantely Borland only wants the explicitly listed traits to complete
2690 // the type.
2691 if (S.LangOpts.Borland) return true;
2692
2693 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be
2694 // applied to a complete type, so we enumerate theme here even though the
2695 // default for non-Borland compilers is to require completeness for any
2696 // other traits than the ones specifically allowed to work on incomplete
2697 // types.
2698 // FIXME: C++0x: This list is incomplete, and the names don't always
2699 // correspond clearly to entries in the standard's table.
2700 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
2701 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
2702 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
2703 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
2704 case UTT_HasTrivialConstructor:
2705 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
2706 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
2707 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
2708 case UTT_IsAbstract:
2709 case UTT_IsEmpty:
2710 case UTT_IsLiteral:
2711 case UTT_IsPOD:
2712 case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
2713 case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
2714 case UTT_IsTrivial:
2715 // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed.
2716 QualType ElTy = ArgTy;
2717 if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
2718 ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType();
2719
2720 // The void type is expressly allowed.
2721 if (ElTy->isVoidType())
2722 return true;
2723
2724 return !S.RequireCompleteType(
2725 Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
2726 }
2727}
2728
2729
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002730ExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
Douglas Gregor54e5b132010-09-09 16:14:44 +00002731 SourceLocation KWLoc,
2732 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
2733 SourceLocation RParen) {
2734 QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
Chandler Carruthb0776202011-04-30 10:07:32 +00002735 if (!CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(*this, UTT, KWLoc, T))
2736 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlbaad4e72009-01-05 20:52:13 +00002737
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002738 bool Value = false;
2739 if (!T->isDependentType())
Sebastian Redl058fc822010-09-14 23:40:14 +00002740 Value = EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(*this, UTT, T, KWLoc);
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002741
2742 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, UTT, TSInfo, Value,
Anders Carlsson1f9648d2009-07-07 19:06:02 +00002743 RParen, Context.BoolTy));
Sebastian Redlbaad4e72009-01-05 20:52:13 +00002744}
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00002745
Francois Pichet9dfa3ce2010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002746ExprResult Sema::ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
2747 SourceLocation KWLoc,
2748 ParsedType LhsTy,
2749 ParsedType RhsTy,
2750 SourceLocation RParen) {
2751 TypeSourceInfo *LhsTSInfo;
2752 QualType LhsT = GetTypeFromParser(LhsTy, &LhsTSInfo);
2753 if (!LhsTSInfo)
2754 LhsTSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(LhsT);
2755
2756 TypeSourceInfo *RhsTSInfo;
2757 QualType RhsT = GetTypeFromParser(RhsTy, &RhsTSInfo);
2758 if (!RhsTSInfo)
2759 RhsTSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(RhsT);
2760
2761 return BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BTT, KWLoc, LhsTSInfo, RhsTSInfo, RParen);
2762}
2763
2764static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
2765 QualType LhsT, QualType RhsT,
2766 SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
John Wiegleyd3522222011-04-28 02:06:46 +00002767 if (LhsT->isDependentType()) {
2768 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dependent_type_used_in_type_trait_expr) << LhsT;
2769 return false;
2770 }
2771 else if (RhsT->isDependentType()) {
2772 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dependent_type_used_in_type_trait_expr) << RhsT;
2773 return false;
2774 }
Francois Pichet9dfa3ce2010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002775
2776 switch(BTT) {
John McCall388ef532011-01-28 22:02:36 +00002777 case BTT_IsBaseOf: {
Francois Pichet9dfa3ce2010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002778 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2
John McCall388ef532011-01-28 22:02:36 +00002779 // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or
Francois Pichet9dfa3ce2010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002780 // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without
2781 // regard to cv-qualifiers.
Francois Pichet9dfa3ce2010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002782
John McCall388ef532011-01-28 22:02:36 +00002783 const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
2784 if (!lhsRecord) return false;
2785
2786 const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
2787 if (!rhsRecord) return false;
2788
2789 assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT)
2790 == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord));
2791
2792 if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)
2793 return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion();
2794
2795 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2:
2796 // If Base and Derived are class types and are different types
2797 // (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a
2798 // complete type.
2799 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
2800 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
2801 return false;
2802
2803 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl())
2804 ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl()));
2805 }
John Wiegley65497cc2011-04-27 23:09:49 +00002806 case BTT_IsSame:
2807 return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT);
Francois Pichet34b21132010-12-08 22:35:30 +00002808 case BTT_TypeCompatible:
2809 return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(),
2810 RhsT.getUnqualifiedType());
John Wiegley65497cc2011-04-27 23:09:49 +00002811 case BTT_IsConvertible:
Douglas Gregor8006e762011-01-27 20:28:01 +00002812 case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: {
2813 // C++0x [meta.rel]p4:
2814 // Given the following function prototype:
2815 //
2816 // template <class T>
2817 // typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create();
2818 //
2819 // the predicate condition for a template specialization
2820 // is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if
2821 // the return expression in the following code would be
2822 // well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return
2823 // type of the function:
2824 //
2825 // To test() {
2826 // return create<From>();
2827 // }
2828 //
2829 // Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and
2830 // From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression
2831 // of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type)
2832 // is considered.
2833 //
2834 // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary
2835 // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the
2836 // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply).
2837 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
2838 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
2839
2840 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT));
Douglas Gregorc03a1082011-01-28 02:26:04 +00002841 OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
Douglas Gregor8006e762011-01-27 20:28:01 +00002842 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
2843 Expr *FromPtr = &From;
2844 InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc,
2845 SourceLocation()));
2846
Douglas Gregoredb76852011-01-27 22:31:44 +00002847 // Perform the initialization within a SFINAE trap at translation unit
2848 // scope.
2849 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
2850 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor8006e762011-01-27 20:28:01 +00002851 InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, &FromPtr, 1);
2852 if (Init.getKind() == InitializationSequence::FailedSequence)
2853 return false;
Douglas Gregoredb76852011-01-27 22:31:44 +00002854
Douglas Gregor8006e762011-01-27 20:28:01 +00002855 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, MultiExprArg(&FromPtr, 1));
2856 return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred();
2857 }
Francois Pichet9dfa3ce2010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002858 }
2859 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
2860}
2861
2862ExprResult Sema::BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
2863 SourceLocation KWLoc,
2864 TypeSourceInfo *LhsTSInfo,
2865 TypeSourceInfo *RhsTSInfo,
2866 SourceLocation RParen) {
2867 QualType LhsT = LhsTSInfo->getType();
2868 QualType RhsT = RhsTSInfo->getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002869
John McCall388ef532011-01-28 22:02:36 +00002870 if (BTT == BTT_TypeCompatible) {
Francois Pichet34b21132010-12-08 22:35:30 +00002871 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2872 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
2873 << SourceRange(KWLoc, RParen);
2874 return ExprError();
2875 }
Francois Pichet9dfa3ce2010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002876 }
2877
2878 bool Value = false;
2879 if (!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType())
2880 Value = EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(*this, BTT, LhsT, RhsT, KWLoc);
2881
Francois Pichet34b21132010-12-08 22:35:30 +00002882 // Select trait result type.
2883 QualType ResultType;
2884 switch (BTT) {
Francois Pichet34b21132010-12-08 22:35:30 +00002885 case BTT_IsBaseOf: ResultType = Context.BoolTy; break;
John Wiegley65497cc2011-04-27 23:09:49 +00002886 case BTT_IsConvertible: ResultType = Context.BoolTy; break;
2887 case BTT_IsSame: ResultType = Context.BoolTy; break;
Francois Pichet34b21132010-12-08 22:35:30 +00002888 case BTT_TypeCompatible: ResultType = Context.IntTy; break;
Douglas Gregor8006e762011-01-27 20:28:01 +00002889 case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: ResultType = Context.BoolTy; break;
Francois Pichet34b21132010-12-08 22:35:30 +00002890 }
2891
Francois Pichet9dfa3ce2010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002892 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, BTT, LhsTSInfo,
2893 RhsTSInfo, Value, RParen,
Francois Pichet34b21132010-12-08 22:35:30 +00002894 ResultType));
Francois Pichet9dfa3ce2010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002895}
2896
John Wiegley6242b6a2011-04-28 00:16:57 +00002897ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
2898 SourceLocation KWLoc,
2899 ParsedType Ty,
2900 Expr* DimExpr,
2901 SourceLocation RParen) {
2902 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
2903 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
2904 if (!TSInfo)
2905 TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
2906
2907 return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen);
2908}
2909
2910static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
2911 QualType T, Expr *DimExpr,
2912 SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
John Wiegleyd3522222011-04-28 02:06:46 +00002913 if (T->isDependentType()) {
2914 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dependent_type_used_in_type_trait_expr) << T;
2915 return false;
2916 }
John Wiegley6242b6a2011-04-28 00:16:57 +00002917
2918 switch(ATT) {
2919 case ATT_ArrayRank:
2920 if (T->isArrayType()) {
2921 unsigned Dim = 0;
2922 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
2923 ++Dim;
2924 T = AT->getElementType();
2925 }
2926 return Dim;
John Wiegley6242b6a2011-04-28 00:16:57 +00002927 }
John Wiegleyd3522222011-04-28 02:06:46 +00002928 return 0;
2929
John Wiegley6242b6a2011-04-28 00:16:57 +00002930 case ATT_ArrayExtent: {
2931 llvm::APSInt Value;
2932 uint64_t Dim;
John Wiegleyd3522222011-04-28 02:06:46 +00002933 if (DimExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Self.Context, 0, false)) {
2934 if (Value < llvm::APSInt(Value.getBitWidth(), Value.isUnsigned())) {
2935 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) <<
2936 DimExpr->getSourceRange();
2937 return false;
2938 }
John Wiegley6242b6a2011-04-28 00:16:57 +00002939 Dim = Value.getLimitedValue();
John Wiegleyd3522222011-04-28 02:06:46 +00002940 } else {
2941 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) <<
2942 DimExpr->getSourceRange();
2943 return false;
2944 }
John Wiegley6242b6a2011-04-28 00:16:57 +00002945
2946 if (T->isArrayType()) {
2947 unsigned D = 0;
2948 bool Matched = false;
2949 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
2950 if (Dim == D) {
2951 Matched = true;
2952 break;
2953 }
2954 ++D;
2955 T = AT->getElementType();
2956 }
2957
John Wiegleyd3522222011-04-28 02:06:46 +00002958 if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) {
2959 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T))
2960 return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue();
2961 }
John Wiegley6242b6a2011-04-28 00:16:57 +00002962 }
John Wiegleyd3522222011-04-28 02:06:46 +00002963 return 0;
John Wiegley6242b6a2011-04-28 00:16:57 +00002964 }
2965 }
2966 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
2967}
2968
2969ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
2970 SourceLocation KWLoc,
2971 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
2972 Expr* DimExpr,
2973 SourceLocation RParen) {
2974 QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
2975
2976 uint64_t Value;
2977 if (!T->isDependentType())
2978 Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc);
2979 else
2980 return ExprError();
2981
2982 // Select trait result type.
2983 QualType ResultType;
2984 switch (ATT) {
2985 case ATT_ArrayRank: ResultType = Context.IntTy; break;
2986 case ATT_ArrayExtent: ResultType = Context.IntTy; break;
2987 }
2988
2989 return Owned(new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value,
2990 DimExpr, RParen, ResultType));
2991}
2992
John Wiegleyf9f65842011-04-25 06:54:41 +00002993ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
2994 SourceLocation KWLoc,
2995 Expr* Queried,
2996 SourceLocation RParen) {
2997 // If error parsing the expression, ignore.
2998 if (!Queried)
2999 return ExprError();
3000
3001 ExprResult Result
3002 = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen);
3003
3004 return move(Result);
3005}
3006
3007ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
3008 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3009 Expr* Queried,
3010 SourceLocation RParen) {
3011 if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) {
3012 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
3013 } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
3014 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried);
3015 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3016 return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.take(), RParen);
3017 }
3018
3019 bool Value = false;
3020 switch (ET) {
3021 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown or unimplemented expression trait");
3022 case ET_IsLValueExpr: Value = Queried->isLValue(); break;
3023 case ET_IsRValueExpr: Value = Queried->isRValue(); break;
3024 }
3025
3026 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
3027 return Owned(
3028 new (Context) ExpressionTraitExpr(
3029 KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy));
3030}
3031
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003032QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &lex, ExprResult &rex,
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003033 ExprValueKind &VK,
3034 SourceLocation Loc,
3035 bool isIndirect) {
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003036 const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*";
3037 // C++ 5.5p2
3038 // The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall
3039 // be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined
3040 // class type) [...]
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003041 QualType RType = rex.get()->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003042 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003043 if (!MemPtr) {
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003044 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003045 << OpSpelling << RType << rex.get()->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003046 return QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003047 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003048
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003049 QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0);
3050
Douglas Gregord07ba342010-10-13 20:41:14 +00003051 // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the
3052 // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no
3053 // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by
3054 // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is
3055 // likely to be considered a defect.
Sebastian Redlc72350e2010-04-10 10:14:54 +00003056
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003057 // C++ 5.5p2
3058 // [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of
3059 // which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to
3060 // such a class]
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003061 QualType LType = lex.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003062 if (isIndirect) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003063 if (const PointerType *Ptr = LType->getAs<PointerType>())
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003064 LType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003065 else {
3066 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
Fariborz Jahanian59f64202009-10-26 20:45:27 +00003067 << OpSpelling << 1 << LType
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003068 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*");
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003069 return QualType();
3070 }
3071 }
3072
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003073 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LType)) {
Sebastian Redl26a0f1c2010-04-23 17:18:26 +00003074 // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type.
3075 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LType, PDiag(diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
3076 << OpSpelling << (int)isIndirect)) {
3077 return QualType();
3078 }
Anders Carlssona70cff62010-04-24 19:06:50 +00003079 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true,
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00003080 /*DetectVirtual=*/false);
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003081 // FIXME: Would it be useful to print full ambiguity paths, or is that
3082 // overkill?
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003083 if (!IsDerivedFrom(LType, Class, Paths) ||
3084 Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(Class))) {
3085 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003086 << (int)isIndirect << lex.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003087 return QualType();
3088 }
Eli Friedman1fcf66b2010-01-16 00:00:48 +00003089 // Cast LHS to type of use.
3090 QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class;
John McCall2536c6d2010-08-25 10:28:54 +00003091 ExprValueKind VK =
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003092 isIndirect ? VK_RValue : CastCategory(lex.get());
Sebastian Redlc57d34b2010-07-20 04:20:21 +00003093
John McCallcf142162010-08-07 06:22:56 +00003094 CXXCastPath BasePath;
Anders Carlssona70cff62010-04-24 19:06:50 +00003095 BuildBasePathArray(Paths, BasePath);
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003096 lex = ImpCastExprToType(lex.take(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK, &BasePath);
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003097 }
3098
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003099 if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(rex.get()->IgnoreParens())) {
Fariborz Jahanian1bc0f9a2009-11-18 21:54:48 +00003100 // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as
3101 // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression.
3102 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect;
3103 return QualType();
3104 }
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003105
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003106 // C++ 5.5p2
3107 // The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the
3108 // second operand.
3109 // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side,
3110 // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5.
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003111 QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003112 Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LType.getCVRQualifiers());
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003113
Douglas Gregor1d042092011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003114 // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
3115 // In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003116 // ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with
3117 // ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object
3118 // expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand
Douglas Gregor1d042092011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003119 // is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&.
3120 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
3121 switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) {
3122 case RQ_None:
3123 // Do nothing
3124 break;
3125
3126 case RQ_LValue:
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003127 if (!isIndirect && !lex.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue())
Douglas Gregor1d042092011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003128 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003129 << RType << 1 << lex.get()->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor1d042092011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003130 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003131
Douglas Gregor1d042092011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003132 case RQ_RValue:
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003133 if (isIndirect || !lex.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue())
Douglas Gregor1d042092011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003134 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003135 << RType << 0 << lex.get()->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor1d042092011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003136 break;
3137 }
3138 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003139
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003140 // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
3141 // The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer
3142 // to a data member is of the same value category as its
3143 // first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second
3144 // operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The
3145 // result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand
3146 // is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise.
John McCall0009fcc2011-04-26 20:42:42 +00003147 if (Result->isFunctionType()) {
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003148 VK = VK_RValue;
John McCall0009fcc2011-04-26 20:42:42 +00003149 return Context.BoundMemberTy;
3150 } else if (isIndirect) {
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003151 VK = VK_LValue;
John McCall0009fcc2011-04-26 20:42:42 +00003152 } else {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003153 VK = lex.get()->getValueKind();
John McCall0009fcc2011-04-26 20:42:42 +00003154 }
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003155
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003156 return Result;
3157}
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003158
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003159/// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++0x 5.16p3.
3160///
3161/// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
3162/// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be
3163/// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction.
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003164/// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed
3165/// as such.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003166static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To,
3167 SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003168 bool &HaveConversion,
3169 QualType &ToType) {
3170 HaveConversion = false;
3171 ToType = To->getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003172
3173 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003174 SourceLocation());
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003175 // C++0x 5.16p3
3176 // The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1
3177 // can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined
3178 // as follows:
3179 // -- If E2 is an lvalue:
John McCall086a4642010-11-24 05:12:34 +00003180 bool ToIsLvalue = To->isLValue();
Douglas Gregorf9edf802010-03-26 20:59:55 +00003181 if (ToIsLvalue) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003182 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be implicitly converted to
3183 // type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the constraint that in the
3184 // conversion the reference must bind directly to E1.
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003185 QualType T = Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType);
3186 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003187
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003188 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
3189 if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) {
3190 ToType = T;
3191 HaveConversion = true;
3192 return false;
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003193 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003194
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003195 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
3196 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003197 }
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00003198
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003199 // -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done:
3200 // -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are
3201 // the same or one is a base class of the other:
3202 QualType FTy = From->getType();
3203 QualType TTy = To->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003204 const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>();
3205 const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003206 bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec &&
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003207 Self.IsDerivedFrom(FTy, TTy);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003208 if (FRec && TRec &&
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003209 (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || Self.IsDerivedFrom(TTy, FTy))) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003210 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the
3211 // same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and
3212 // [cv2 > cv1].
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00003213 if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) {
3214 if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) {
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003215 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
3216 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
3217 if (InitSeq.getKind() != InitializationSequence::FailedSequence) {
3218 HaveConversion = true;
3219 return false;
3220 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003221
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003222 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
3223 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003224 }
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003225 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003226
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003227 return false;
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003228 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003229
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003230 // -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
3231 // implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003232 // if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is
Douglas Gregorf9edf802010-03-26 20:59:55 +00003233 // an rvalue).
3234 //
3235 // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not
3236 // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions.
3237 if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>())
3238 TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003239
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003240 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
3241 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003242 HaveConversion = InitSeq.getKind() != InitializationSequence::FailedSequence;
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003243 ToType = TTy;
3244 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
3245 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
3246
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003247 return false;
3248}
3249
3250/// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
3251///
3252/// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
3253/// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a
3254/// conversion to a common type.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003255static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
Chandler Carrutha8bea4b2011-02-18 23:54:50 +00003256 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003257 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() };
Chandler Carrutha8bea4b2011-02-18 23:54:50 +00003258 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc);
3259 Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args, 2,
3260 CandidateSet);
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003261
3262 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Chandler Carrutha8bea4b2011-02-18 23:54:50 +00003263 switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003264 case OR_Success: {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003265 // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003266 ExprResult LHSRes =
3267 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
3268 Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting);
3269 if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003270 break;
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003271 LHS = move(LHSRes);
3272
3273 ExprResult RHSRes =
3274 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
3275 Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting);
3276 if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
3277 break;
3278 RHS = move(RHSRes);
Chandler Carruth30141632011-02-25 19:41:05 +00003279 if (Best->Function)
3280 Self.MarkDeclarationReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function);
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003281 return false;
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003282 }
3283
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00003284 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Chandler Carrutha8bea4b2011-02-18 23:54:50 +00003285
3286 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
3287 // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most
3288 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003289 if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
Chandler Carrutha8bea4b2011-02-18 23:54:50 +00003290 return true;
3291
3292 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003293 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
3294 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003295 return true;
3296
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00003297 case OR_Ambiguous:
Chandler Carrutha8bea4b2011-02-18 23:54:50 +00003298 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003299 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
3300 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003301 // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of
3302 // the viable candidates.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003303 break;
3304
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00003305 case OR_Deleted:
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003306 assert(false && "Conditional operator has only built-in overloads");
3307 break;
3308 }
3309 return true;
3310}
3311
Sebastian Redl5775af1a2009-04-17 16:30:52 +00003312/// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
3313/// TryClassUnification.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003314static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) {
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003315 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003316 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003317 SourceLocation());
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003318 Expr *Arg = E.take();
3319 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, &Arg, 1);
3320 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(&Arg, 1));
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003321 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl5775af1a2009-04-17 16:30:52 +00003322 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003323
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003324 E = Result;
Sebastian Redl5775af1a2009-04-17 16:30:52 +00003325 return false;
3326}
3327
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003328/// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
3329///
3330/// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y
3331/// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003332QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
John McCallc07a0c72011-02-17 10:25:35 +00003333 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK,
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003334 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003335 // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++
3336 // interface pointers.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003337
3338 // C++0x 5.16p1
3339 // The first expression is contextually converted to bool.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003340 if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
3341 ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.take());
3342 if (CondRes.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003343 return QualType();
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003344 Cond = move(CondRes);
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003345 }
3346
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003347 // Assume r-value.
3348 VK = VK_RValue;
John McCall4bc41ae2010-11-18 19:01:18 +00003349 OK = OK_Ordinary;
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003350
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003351 // Either of the arguments dependent?
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003352 if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003353 return Context.DependentTy;
3354
3355 // C++0x 5.16p2
3356 // If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ...
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003357 QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
3358 QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003359 bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType();
3360 bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType();
3361 if (LVoid || RVoid) {
3362 // ... then the [l2r] conversions are performed on the second and third
3363 // operands ...
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003364 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.take());
3365 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
3366 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
3367 return QualType();
3368 LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
3369 RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003370
3371 // ... and one of the following shall hold:
3372 // -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a throw-
3373 // expression; the result is of the type of the other and is an rvalue.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003374 bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get());
3375 bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get());
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003376 if (LThrow && !RThrow)
3377 return RTy;
3378 if (RThrow && !LThrow)
3379 return LTy;
3380
3381 // -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of
3382 // type void and is an rvalue.
3383 if (LVoid && RVoid)
3384 return Context.VoidTy;
3385
3386 // Neither holds, error.
3387 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid)
3388 << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003389 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003390 return QualType();
3391 }
3392
3393 // Neither is void.
3394
3395 // C++0x 5.16p3
3396 // Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and
3397 // either has (cv) class type, and attempt is made to convert each of those
3398 // operands to the other.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003399 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003400 (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
3401 ImplicitConversionSequence ICSLeftToRight, ICSRightToLeft;
3402 // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous.
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003403 QualType L2RType, R2LType;
3404 bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L;
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003405 if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType))
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003406 return QualType();
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003407 if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType))
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003408 return QualType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003409
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003410 // If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed.
3411 if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) {
3412 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003413 << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003414 return QualType();
3415 }
3416
3417 // If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to
3418 // the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the
3419 // original operands for the remainder of this section.
3420 if (HaveL2R) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003421 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003422 return QualType();
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003423 LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003424 } else if (HaveR2L) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003425 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003426 return QualType();
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003427 RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003428 }
3429 }
3430
3431 // C++0x 5.16p4
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003432 // If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value
3433 // category and have the same type, the result is of that type and
3434 // value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third
3435 // operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields.
John McCall4bc41ae2010-11-18 19:01:18 +00003436 // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of
3437 // l-values.
Douglas Gregor697a3912010-04-01 22:47:07 +00003438 bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy);
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003439 if (Same &&
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003440 LHS.get()->isGLValue() &&
3441 LHS.get()->getValueKind() == RHS.get()->getValueKind() &&
3442 LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() &&
3443 RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) {
3444 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
3445 if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField ||
3446 RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField)
John McCall4bc41ae2010-11-18 19:01:18 +00003447 OK = OK_BitField;
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003448 return LTy;
Fariborz Jahanianc60da032010-09-25 01:08:05 +00003449 }
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003450
3451 // C++0x 5.16p5
3452 // Otherwise, the result is an rvalue. If the second and third operands
3453 // do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ...
3454 if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
3455 // ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any)
3456 // to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the
3457 // program is ill-formed.
3458 if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc))
3459 return QualType();
3460 }
3461
3462 // C++0x 5.16p6
3463 // LValue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard
3464 // conversions are performed on the second and third operands.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003465 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.take());
3466 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
3467 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
3468 return QualType();
3469 LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
3470 RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003471
3472 // After those conversions, one of the following shall hold:
3473 // -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result
Douglas Gregorfa6010b2010-05-19 23:40:50 +00003474 // is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result
3475 // is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is
3476 // copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third
3477 // operand depending on the value of the first operand.
3478 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) {
3479 if (LTy->isRecordType()) {
3480 // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy.
3481 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003482 ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3483 SourceLocation(),
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003484 LHS);
Douglas Gregorfa6010b2010-05-19 23:40:50 +00003485 if (LHSCopy.isInvalid())
3486 return QualType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003487
3488 ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3489 SourceLocation(),
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003490 RHS);
Douglas Gregorfa6010b2010-05-19 23:40:50 +00003491 if (RHSCopy.isInvalid())
3492 return QualType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003493
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003494 LHS = LHSCopy;
3495 RHS = RHSCopy;
Douglas Gregorfa6010b2010-05-19 23:40:50 +00003496 }
3497
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003498 return LTy;
Douglas Gregorfa6010b2010-05-19 23:40:50 +00003499 }
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003500
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +00003501 // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003502 if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType())
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +00003503 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
3504
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003505 // -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type;
3506 // the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a
3507 // common type, and the result is of that type.
3508 if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3509 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003510 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
3511 return QualType();
3512 return LHS.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003513 }
3514
3515 // -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer
3516 // type and the other is a null pointer constant; pointer conversions
3517 // and qualification conversions are performed to bring them to their
3518 // composite pointer type. The result is of the composite pointer type.
Eli Friedman81390df2010-01-02 22:56:07 +00003519 // -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has
3520 // pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant;
3521 // pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are
3522 // performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification
3523 // shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third
3524 // operand. The result is of the common type.
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003525 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003526 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003527 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
3528 if (!Composite.isNull()) {
3529 if (NonStandardCompositeType)
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003530 Diag(QuestionLoc,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003531 diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard)
3532 << LTy << RTy << Composite
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003533 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003534
Sebastian Redl3b7ef5e2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003535 return Composite;
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003536 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003537
Douglas Gregor697a3912010-04-01 22:47:07 +00003538 // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian798d2bd2009-12-10 20:46:08 +00003539 Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3540 if (!Composite.isNull())
3541 return Composite;
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003542
Chandler Carruth9c9127e2011-02-19 00:13:59 +00003543 // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003544 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
Chandler Carruth9c9127e2011-02-19 00:13:59 +00003545 return QualType();
3546
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003547 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003548 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
3549 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003550 return QualType();
3551}
Sebastian Redl3b7ef5e2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003552
3553/// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
3554///
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003555/// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1
3556/// and @p E2 according to C++0x 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this
3557/// type and returns it.
Sebastian Redl3b7ef5e2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003558/// It does not emit diagnostics.
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003559///
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003560/// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to
3561/// be converted to the composite pointer type.
3562///
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003563/// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find
3564/// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions
3565/// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType
3566/// will be set true.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003567QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003568 Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003569 bool *NonStandardCompositeType) {
3570 if (NonStandardCompositeType)
3571 *NonStandardCompositeType = false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003572
Sebastian Redl3b7ef5e2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003573 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++");
3574 QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003575
Fariborz Jahanian33e148f2009-12-08 20:04:24 +00003576 if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() &&
3577 !T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType())
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003578 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl3b7ef5e2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003579
3580 // C++0x 5.9p2
3581 // Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on
3582 // pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If
3583 // one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is
3584 // the type of the other operand.
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003585 if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003586 if (T2->isMemberPointerType())
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003587 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).take();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003588 else
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003589 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).take();
Sebastian Redl3b7ef5e2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003590 return T2;
3591 }
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003592 if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003593 if (T1->isMemberPointerType())
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003594 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).take();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003595 else
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003596 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).take();
Sebastian Redl3b7ef5e2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003597 return T1;
3598 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003599
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003600 // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers.
Sebastian Redl658262f2009-11-16 21:03:45 +00003601 if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) ||
3602 (!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()))
Sebastian Redl3b7ef5e2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003603 return QualType();
3604
3605 // Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then
3606 // the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is
3607 // "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2.
3608 // Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the
3609 // type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is
3610 // the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types.
3611 // In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second.
3612 // What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the
3613 // conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite
3614 // types are the same, we have succeeded.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003615 // FIXME: extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl658262f2009-11-16 21:03:45 +00003616 typedef llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector;
3617 QualifierVector QualifierUnion;
3618 typedef llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4>
3619 ContainingClassVector;
3620 ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass;
3621 QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1),
3622 Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003623 unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0;
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003624 do {
3625 const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2;
3626 if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
3627 (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) {
3628 Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType();
3629 Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003630
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003631 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003632 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003633 if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
3634 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
3635 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003636
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003637 QualifierUnion.push_back(
3638 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
3639 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair((const Type *)0, (const Type *)0));
3640 continue;
3641 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003642
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003643 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2;
3644 if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) &&
3645 (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) {
3646 Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType();
3647 Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003648
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003649 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003650 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003651 if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
3652 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
3653 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003654
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003655 QualifierUnion.push_back(
3656 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
3657 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(),
3658 MemPtr2->getClass()));
3659 continue;
3660 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003661
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003662 // FIXME: block pointer types?
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003663
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003664 // Cannot unwrap any more types.
3665 break;
3666 } while (true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003667
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003668 if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) {
3669 // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003670 // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003671 // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3.
3672 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) {
3673 if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
3674 QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const;
3675 *NonStandardCompositeType = true;
3676 }
3677 }
3678 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003679
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003680 // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs.
Sebastian Redl658262f2009-11-16 21:03:45 +00003681 ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC
3682 = MemberOfClass.rbegin();
3683 for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator
3684 I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(),
3685 E = QualifierUnion.rend();
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003686 I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003687 Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003688 if (MOC->first && MOC->second) {
3689 // Rebuild member pointer type
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003690 Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
3691 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals),
3692 MOC->first);
3693 Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
3694 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals),
3695 MOC->second);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003696 } else {
3697 // Rebuild pointer type
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003698 Composite1
3699 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals));
3700 Composite2
3701 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals));
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003702 }
Sebastian Redl3b7ef5e2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003703 }
3704
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003705 // Try to convert to the first composite pointer type.
3706 InitializedEntity Entity1
3707 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1);
3708 InitializationKind Kind
3709 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation());
3710 InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, &E1, 1);
3711 InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, &E2, 1);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003712
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003713 if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) {
3714 // Conversion to Composite1 is viable.
3715 if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) {
3716 // Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether
3717 // Composite2 is also viable.
3718 InitializedEntity Entity2
3719 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
3720 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, &E1, 1);
3721 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, &E2, 1);
3722 if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) {
3723 // Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different;
3724 // this is an ambiguity.
3725 return QualType();
3726 }
3727 }
3728
3729 // Convert E1 to Composite1
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003730 ExprResult E1Result
John McCall37ad5512010-08-23 06:44:23 +00003731 = E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, MultiExprArg(*this,&E1,1));
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003732 if (E1Result.isInvalid())
3733 return QualType();
3734 E1 = E1Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3735
3736 // Convert E2 to Composite1
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003737 ExprResult E2Result
John McCall37ad5512010-08-23 06:44:23 +00003738 = E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, MultiExprArg(*this,&E2,1));
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003739 if (E2Result.isInvalid())
3740 return QualType();
3741 E2 = E2Result.takeAs<Expr>();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003742
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003743 return Composite1;
Sebastian Redl3b7ef5e2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003744 }
3745
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003746 // Check whether Composite2 is viable.
3747 InitializedEntity Entity2
3748 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
3749 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, &E1, 1);
3750 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, &E2, 1);
3751 if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2)
3752 return QualType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003753
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003754 // Convert E1 to Composite2
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003755 ExprResult E1Result
John McCall37ad5512010-08-23 06:44:23 +00003756 = E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, MultiExprArg(*this, &E1, 1));
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003757 if (E1Result.isInvalid())
3758 return QualType();
3759 E1 = E1Result.takeAs<Expr>();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003760
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003761 // Convert E2 to Composite2
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003762 ExprResult E2Result
John McCall37ad5512010-08-23 06:44:23 +00003763 = E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, MultiExprArg(*this, &E2, 1));
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003764 if (E2Result.isInvalid())
3765 return QualType();
3766 E2 = E2Result.takeAs<Expr>();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003767
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003768 return Composite2;
Sebastian Redl3b7ef5e2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003769}
Anders Carlsson85a307d2009-05-17 18:41:29 +00003770
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003771ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) {
Douglas Gregor298087b2010-11-01 21:10:29 +00003772 if (!E)
3773 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003774
Anders Carlssonf86a8d12009-08-15 23:41:35 +00003775 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3776 return Owned(E);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003777
Douglas Gregor363b1512009-12-24 18:51:59 +00003778 assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?");
3779
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003780 const RecordType *RT = E->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Anders Carlsson2d4cada2009-05-30 20:36:53 +00003781 if (!RT)
3782 return Owned(E);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003783
Douglas Gregora57a66e2011-02-08 02:14:35 +00003784 // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it.
3785 if (E->Classify(Context).isGLValue())
3786 return Owned(E);
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003787
3788 // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete.
3789 // If it has a trivial destructor, we can avoid the extra copy.
Jeffrey Yasskinbbc4eea2011-01-27 19:17:54 +00003790 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
John McCallbdb989e2010-08-12 02:40:37 +00003791 if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003792 return Owned(E);
3793
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003794 CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, LookupDestructor(RD));
Anders Carlssonc78576e2009-05-30 21:21:49 +00003795 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Temp);
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003796 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
Fariborz Jahanian67828442009-08-03 19:13:25 +00003797 MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
John McCall8e36d532010-04-07 00:41:46 +00003798 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
3799 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
3800 << E->getType());
3801 }
Anders Carlsson2d4cada2009-05-30 20:36:53 +00003802 // FIXME: Add the temporary to the temporaries vector.
3803 return Owned(CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E));
3804}
3805
John McCall5d413782010-12-06 08:20:24 +00003806Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) {
Anders Carlssonb3d05d62009-06-05 15:38:08 +00003807 assert(SubExpr && "sub expression can't be null!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003808
Douglas Gregor580cd4a2009-12-03 17:10:37 +00003809 unsigned FirstTemporary = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTemporaries;
3810 assert(ExprTemporaries.size() >= FirstTemporary);
3811 if (ExprTemporaries.size() == FirstTemporary)
Anders Carlssonb3d05d62009-06-05 15:38:08 +00003812 return SubExpr;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003813
John McCall5d413782010-12-06 08:20:24 +00003814 Expr *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(Context, SubExpr,
3815 &ExprTemporaries[FirstTemporary],
3816 ExprTemporaries.size() - FirstTemporary);
Douglas Gregor580cd4a2009-12-03 17:10:37 +00003817 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + FirstTemporary,
3818 ExprTemporaries.end());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003819
Anders Carlssonb3d05d62009-06-05 15:38:08 +00003820 return E;
3821}
3822
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003823ExprResult
John McCall5d413782010-12-06 08:20:24 +00003824Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) {
Douglas Gregorb6ea6082009-12-22 22:17:25 +00003825 if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
3826 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003827
John McCall5d413782010-12-06 08:20:24 +00003828 return Owned(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.take()));
Douglas Gregorb6ea6082009-12-22 22:17:25 +00003829}
3830
John McCall5d413782010-12-06 08:20:24 +00003831Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3050d9b2010-11-02 02:33:08 +00003832 assert(SubStmt && "sub statement can't be null!");
3833
3834 unsigned FirstTemporary = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTemporaries;
3835 assert(ExprTemporaries.size() >= FirstTemporary);
3836 if (ExprTemporaries.size() == FirstTemporary)
3837 return SubStmt;
3838
3839 // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into
3840 // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements.
3841 // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or
3842 // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries.
3843 CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, &SubStmt, 1,
3844 SourceLocation(),
3845 SourceLocation());
3846 Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(),
3847 SourceLocation());
John McCall5d413782010-12-06 08:20:24 +00003848 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3050d9b2010-11-02 02:33:08 +00003849}
3850
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003851ExprResult
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003852Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +00003853 tok::TokenKind OpKind, ParsedType &ObjectType,
Douglas Gregore610ada2010-02-24 18:44:31 +00003854 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) {
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00003855 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003856 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003857 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3858 Base = Result.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003859
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003860 QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
Douglas Gregore610ada2010-02-24 18:44:31 +00003861 MayBePseudoDestructor = false;
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00003862 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Douglas Gregor41127182009-11-04 22:49:18 +00003863 // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator,
3864 // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still
3865 // have enough information about that type to do something useful.
3866 if (OpKind == tok::arrow)
3867 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
3868 BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003869
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +00003870 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
Douglas Gregore610ada2010-02-24 18:44:31 +00003871 MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003872 return Owned(Base);
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00003873 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003874
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00003875 // C++ [over.match.oper]p8:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003876 // [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied to the value
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00003877 // returned, with the original second operand.
3878 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
John McCallc1538c02009-09-30 01:01:30 +00003879 // The set of types we've considered so far.
John McCallbd0465b2009-09-30 01:30:54 +00003880 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes;
Fariborz Jahanianac3005c2009-09-30 17:46:20 +00003881 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 8> Locations;
John McCallbd0465b2009-09-30 01:30:54 +00003882 CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType));
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003883
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00003884 while (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003885 Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, Base, OpLoc);
3886 if (Result.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00003887 return ExprError();
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003888 Base = Result.get();
3889 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base))
Anders Carlssonfbd2d492009-10-13 22:55:59 +00003890 Locations.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee()->getLocation());
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003891 BaseType = Base->getType();
John McCallc1538c02009-09-30 01:01:30 +00003892 CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType);
John McCallbd0465b2009-09-30 01:30:54 +00003893 if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType)) {
Fariborz Jahanian10ce9582009-09-30 00:19:41 +00003894 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular);
Fariborz Jahanianac3005c2009-09-30 17:46:20 +00003895 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Locations.size(); i++)
3896 Diag(Locations[i], diag::note_declared_at);
Fariborz Jahanian10ce9582009-09-30 00:19:41 +00003897 return ExprError();
3898 }
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00003899 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003900
Douglas Gregore4f764f2009-11-20 19:58:21 +00003901 if (BaseType->isPointerType())
3902 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
3903 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003904
3905 // We could end up with various non-record types here, such as extended
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00003906 // vector types or Objective-C interfaces. Just return early and let
3907 // ActOnMemberReferenceExpr do the work.
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00003908 if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) {
3909 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
3910 // [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar
3911 // type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete
3912 // postfix-expression.
Douglas Gregore610ada2010-02-24 18:44:31 +00003913 //
3914 // This also indicates that we should be parsing a
3915 // pseudo-destructor-name.
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +00003916 ObjectType = ParsedType();
Douglas Gregore610ada2010-02-24 18:44:31 +00003917 MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003918 return Owned(Base);
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00003919 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003920
Douglas Gregor3fad6172009-11-17 05:17:33 +00003921 // The object type must be complete (or dependent).
3922 if (!BaseType->isDependentType() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003923 RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor3fad6172009-11-17 05:17:33 +00003924 PDiag(diag::err_incomplete_member_access)))
3925 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003926
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00003927 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003928 // If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an
Douglas Gregor3fad6172009-11-17 05:17:33 +00003929 // unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00003930 // type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked
3931 // up in the scope of class C. [...]
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +00003932 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003933 return move(Base);
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00003934}
3935
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003936ExprResult Sema::DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc,
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003937 Expr *MemExpr) {
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00003938 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NameLoc);
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003939 Diag(MemExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
3940 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(MemExpr)
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003941 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003942
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00003943 return ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0,
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003944 MemExpr,
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00003945 /*LPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc,
John McCallfaf5fb42010-08-26 23:41:50 +00003946 MultiExprArg(),
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00003947 /*RPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc);
3948}
Douglas Gregore610ada2010-02-24 18:44:31 +00003949
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003950ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
John McCalla2c4e722011-02-25 05:21:17 +00003951 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3952 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3953 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3954 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo,
3955 SourceLocation CCLoc,
3956 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00003957 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed,
John McCalla2c4e722011-02-25 05:21:17 +00003958 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00003959 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003960
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00003961 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003962 // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00003963 // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003964 // This scalar type is the object type.
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003965 QualType ObjectType = Base->getType();
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00003966 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
3967 if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
3968 ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003969 } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00003970 // The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it.
3971 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
3972 << ObjectType << true
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003973 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00003974 if (isSFINAEContext())
3975 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003976
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00003977 OpKind = tok::period;
3978 }
3979 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003980
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00003981 if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType()) {
3982 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003983 << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00003984 return ExprError();
3985 }
3986
3987 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003988 // [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00003989 // designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type.
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00003990 if (DestructedTypeInfo) {
3991 QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType();
3992 SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart
Abramo Bagnara1108e7b2010-05-20 10:00:11 +00003993 = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00003994 if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() &&
3995 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) {
3996 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003997 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
Abramo Bagnara1108e7b2010-05-20 10:00:11 +00003998 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003999
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004000 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
4001 DestructedType = ObjectType;
4002 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
4003 DestructedTypeStart);
4004 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
4005 }
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004006 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004007
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004008 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
4009 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the
4010 // form
4011 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004012 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004013 //
4014 // shall designate the same scalar type.
4015 if (ScopeTypeInfo) {
4016 QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType();
4017 if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() &&
John McCallb86a6b82010-06-11 17:36:40 +00004018 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004019
Abramo Bagnara1108e7b2010-05-20 10:00:11 +00004020 Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004021 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004022 << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange()
Abramo Bagnara1108e7b2010-05-20 10:00:11 +00004023 << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004024
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004025 ScopeType = QualType();
4026 ScopeTypeInfo = 0;
4027 }
4028 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004029
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004030 Expr *Result
4031 = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base,
4032 OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregora6ce6082011-02-25 18:19:59 +00004033 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004034 ScopeTypeInfo,
4035 CCLoc,
4036 TildeLoc,
4037 Destructed);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004038
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004039 if (HasTrailingLParen)
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004040 return Owned(Result);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004041
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004042 return DiagnoseDtorReference(Destructed.getLocation(), Result);
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004043}
4044
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00004045ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
John McCalla2c4e722011-02-25 05:21:17 +00004046 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4047 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4048 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4049 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4050 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4051 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4052 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
4053 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004054 assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
4055 FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
4056 "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor");
4057 assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
4058 SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
4059 "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor");
4060
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004061 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004062 // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004063 // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004064 // This scalar type is the object type.
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004065 QualType ObjectType = Base->getType();
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004066 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
4067 if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4068 ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004069 } else if (!ObjectType->isDependentType()) {
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004070 // The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it.
4071 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004072 << ObjectType << true
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00004073 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004074 if (isSFINAEContext())
4075 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004076
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004077 OpKind = tok::period;
4078 }
4079 }
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004080
4081 // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only
4082 // record types and dependent types matter.
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004083 ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup;
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004084 if (!SS.isSet()) {
John McCalla2c4e722011-02-25 05:21:17 +00004085 if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
4086 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType);
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004087 else if (ObjectType->isDependentType())
4088 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy);
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004089 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004090
4091 // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004092 // type (with source-location information).
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004093 QualType DestructedType;
4094 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = 0;
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004095 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed;
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004096 if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004097 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier,
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004098 SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
Fariborz Jahanian87967422011-02-08 18:05:59 +00004099 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004100 if (!T &&
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004101 ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
4102 (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004103 // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004104 // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and
4105 // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at
4106 // template instantiation time.
4107 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier,
4108 SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
4109 } else if (!T) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004110 Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004111 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
4112 << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
4113 if (isSFINAEContext())
4114 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004115
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004116 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
4117 DestructedType = ObjectType;
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004118 } else
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004119 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo);
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004120 } else {
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004121 // Resolve the template-id to a type.
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004122 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId;
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004123 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
4124 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
4125 TemplateId->NumArgs);
Douglas Gregore7c20652011-03-02 00:47:37 +00004126 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
4127 TemplateId->Template,
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004128 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
4129 TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
4130 TemplateArgsPtr,
4131 TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
4132 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
4133 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
4134 DestructedType = ObjectType;
4135 } else
4136 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo);
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004137 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004138
4139 // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004140 // information.
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004141 if (!DestructedType.isNull()) {
4142 if (!DestructedTypeInfo)
4143 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType,
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004144 SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004145 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
4146 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004147
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004148 // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type.
4149 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = 0;
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004150 QualType ScopeType;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004151 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004152 FirstTypeName.Identifier) {
4153 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004154 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier,
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004155 FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
Douglas Gregora6ce6082011-02-25 18:19:59 +00004156 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004157 if (!T) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004158 Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004159 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
4160 << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004161
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004162 if (isSFINAEContext())
4163 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004164
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004165 // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway.
4166 ScopeType = QualType();
4167 } else
4168 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo);
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004169 } else {
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004170 // Resolve the template-id to a type.
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004171 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId;
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004172 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
4173 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
4174 TemplateId->NumArgs);
Douglas Gregore7c20652011-03-02 00:47:37 +00004175 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
4176 TemplateId->Template,
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004177 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
4178 TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
4179 TemplateArgsPtr,
4180 TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
4181 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
4182 // Recover by dropping this type.
4183 ScopeType = QualType();
4184 } else
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004185 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo);
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004186 }
4187 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004188
Douglas Gregor90ad9222010-02-24 23:02:30 +00004189 if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo)
4190 ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType,
4191 FirstTypeName.StartLocation);
4192
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004193
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004194 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS,
Douglas Gregorcdbd5152010-02-24 23:50:37 +00004195 ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc,
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004196 Destructed, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregore610ada2010-02-24 18:44:31 +00004197}
4198
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004199ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregor668443e2011-01-20 00:18:04 +00004200 CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004201 ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/0,
4202 FoundDecl, Method);
4203 if (Exp.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor668443e2011-01-20 00:18:04 +00004204 return true;
Eli Friedmanf7195532009-12-09 04:53:56 +00004205
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004206 MemberExpr *ME =
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004207 new (Context) MemberExpr(Exp.take(), /*IsArrow=*/false, Method,
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00004208 SourceLocation(), Method->getType(),
4209 VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary);
4210 QualType ResultType = Method->getResultType();
4211 ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType);
4212 ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
4213
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004214 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Exp.get()->getLocStart(), Method);
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00004215 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00004216 new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, 0, 0, ResultType, VK,
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004217 Exp.get()->getLocEnd());
Fariborz Jahanian78cfcb52009-09-28 23:23:40 +00004218 return CE;
4219}
4220
Sebastian Redl4202c0f2010-09-10 20:55:43 +00004221ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4222 SourceLocation RParen) {
Sebastian Redl4202c0f2010-09-10 20:55:43 +00004223 return Owned(new (Context) CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand,
4224 Operand->CanThrow(Context),
4225 KeyLoc, RParen));
4226}
4227
4228ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation,
4229 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) {
4230 return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen);
Sebastian Redl22e3a932010-09-10 20:55:37 +00004231}
4232
John McCall34376a62010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004233/// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a
4234/// context that ignores the result.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004235ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) {
John McCallfee942d2010-12-02 02:07:15 +00004236 // C99 6.3.2.1:
4237 // [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have
4238 // array type is converted to the value stored in the
4239 // designated object (and is no longer an lvalue).
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004240 if (E->isRValue()) return Owned(E);
John McCallfee942d2010-12-02 02:07:15 +00004241
John McCall34376a62010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004242 // We always want to do this on ObjC property references.
4243 if (E->getObjectKind() == OK_ObjCProperty) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004244 ExprResult Res = ConvertPropertyForRValue(E);
4245 if (Res.isInvalid()) return Owned(E);
4246 E = Res.take();
4247 if (E->isRValue()) return Owned(E);
John McCall34376a62010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004248 }
4249
4250 // Otherwise, this rule does not apply in C++, at least not for the moment.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004251 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return Owned(E);
John McCall34376a62010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004252
4253 // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type.
4254 if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
4255 if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) {
4256 // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug!
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004257 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).take();
4258 return Owned(E);
John McCall34376a62010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004259 }
4260 }
4261
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004262 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
4263 if (Res.isInvalid())
4264 return Owned(E);
4265 E = Res.take();
4266
John McCallca61b652010-12-04 12:29:11 +00004267 if (!E->getType()->isVoidType())
4268 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
4269 diag::err_incomplete_type);
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004270 return Owned(E);
John McCall34376a62010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004271}
4272
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004273ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE) {
4274 ExprResult FullExpr = Owned(FE);
4275
4276 if (!FullExpr.get())
Douglas Gregora6e053e2010-12-15 01:34:56 +00004277 return ExprError();
John McCall34376a62010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004278
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004279 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get()))
Douglas Gregor506bd562010-12-13 22:49:22 +00004280 return ExprError();
4281
John McCall3aef3d82011-04-10 19:13:55 +00004282 FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.take());
4283 if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
4284 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor0ec210b2011-03-07 02:05:23 +00004285
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004286 FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.take());
4287 if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
4288 return ExprError();
4289
4290 CheckImplicitConversions(FullExpr.get());
John McCall5d413782010-12-06 08:20:24 +00004291 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr);
Anders Carlsson85a307d2009-05-17 18:41:29 +00004292}
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3050d9b2010-11-02 02:33:08 +00004293
4294StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) {
4295 if (!FullStmt) return StmtError();
4296
John McCall5d413782010-12-06 08:20:24 +00004297 return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3050d9b2010-11-02 02:33:08 +00004298}